Exercises upon the Different Parts of Italian Speech, with References to Veneroni's Grammar - to which is added an abridgement of the Roman history, intended at once to make the learner acquainted with history, and the idiom of the Italian language

*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 50419 *** TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: Minor spelling and punctuation errors have been corrected but accents are retained as printed: inconsistently. The exception is the replacement of A’ with Á, and so on. EXERCISES UPON THE DIFFERENT PARTS OF ITALIAN SPEECH WITH REFERENCES TO _VENERONI’S GRAMMAR:_ TO WHICH IS ADDED, AN ABRIDGMENT OF THE ROMAN HISTORY, INTENDED AT ONCE TO MAKE THE LEARNER ACQUAINTED WITH HISTORY, AND THE IDIOM OF THE ITALIAN LANGUAGE. By F. BOTTARELLI, A. M. The EIGHTH EDITION, carefully revised and corrected. By G. B. ROLANDI. _LONDON:_ PRINTED FOR J. COLLINGWOOD; LONGMAN, HURST, REES ORME & BROWN; SIMPKIN & MARSHALL; G. & W. B. WHITTAKER; T. BOOSEY & SONS; AND J. BOOKER. 1822. Printed by T. C. Hansard, Peterboro’-court, Fleet-street, London. _PREFACE._ Amidst the laudable endeavours for the advancement of the Italian language, it is surprising that an easy and expeditious method of teaching it has been, in a great measure, neglected; and that beginners have hitherto been left without proper assistance. Under this impression, I have composed these EXERCISES upon the Syntax of VENERONI’S _Italian Grammar_; with what success I have executed the task, must be submitted to the decision of qualified and impartial judges. These Exercises comprehend all the difficulties, and idiomatical expressions of the Italian language; the rules and exceptions of which are exemplified after such a method, that a learner cannot fail to become master of that language who has carefully gone through them once or twice. The examples are of three sorts; the first, immediately following the rule, are short: as nothing farther is designed by them, than to illustrate that particular rule. The second sort are longer, and in them, not only the rule to which they refer, is exemplified, but also the foregoing ones are again brought into practice, the better to imprint them on the memory: since, were it not for this contrivance, learners would forget one rule, while they were learning another; the examples of the third kind, contain all the preceding, and some of the subsequent rules promiscuously; and for these reasons, are not to be attempted, until the student has gone twice at least, through the former part (for I think it advisable they should go through it more than once). The radical Italian words are interlined, a thing very useful and requisite in a work of this nature, as well to save the trouble of consulting Dictionaries, as to prevent the use of improper terms, and wrong spelling, otherwise unavoidable; and those who wish to learn the Italian language, will thereby be enabled to make a much quicker progress than they could possibly do by the tedious task of searching a Dictionary for the words they require. I have frequently omitted such words as had been often mentioned before, presuming there was no occasion for such repetition; and in order to excite attention in learners, that they might recollect what they had learned, and exert both their memory and judgment, or, on memory failing them, have recourse to a Dictionary, as a last resource. For these reasons, in the latter part of the Exercises, there are scarcely any Italian words but _nouns_ and _verbs_, all the other parts of speech having already been gone through. There is added, by way of Appendix, an Abridgment of the Roman History. As history is one of the most easy and entertaining parts of literature, and as that of the ancient Romans is absolutely necessary to a proper understanding of the Classics, I hope this addition will prove highly beneficial to young beginners. * * * * * _N. B. Great pains have been taken to render this new Edition of BOTTARELLI’S ITALIAN EXERCISES more perfect than any hitherto published. In order to facilitate the Italian pronunciation, the words have been accented according to the plan of VENERONI’S GRAMMAR; the references to VENERONI have been compared, and carefully corrected, and many new ones added, together with several Notes and Remarks. All obsolete and improper phrases have been expunged; and the Chronology of the Roman History has been improved by the addition of DATES to each respective chapter: in short, on account of the many additions, alterations, and improvements, this edition may almost be considered as a new book, and a worthy companion of the celebrated Grammar of VENERONI. ⁂ _A new Edition of the KEY to these EXERCISES is just published._ ITALIAN EXERCISES. ON THE ACCIDENCE OF VERBS. _Regular Verbs of the First Conjugation._ [See VENERONI’S GRAMMAR, page 88.] I love, thou acquirest, he respects, we salute, you speak, ye pass, am-áre acquist-áre rispett-áre salut-áre parl-áre pass-áre they walk. spasseggi-áre. I did call, thou didst prattle, he did command, we did begin, chiam-áre ciarl-áre comand-áre cominci-áre you did buy, they did confess. compr-áre confess-áre. I confirmed, thou didst deliver, he preserved, we considered, conferm-áre consegn-áre preserv-áre consider-áre you advised, they contended. consigli-áre contrast-áre. I have declined, thou hast courted, he has cured, we have crowned, declin-áre corteggi-áre cur-áre coron-áre you have dedicated, they have supped. [1]dedic-áre cen-áre. I had wished, thou hadst declared, he had dispensed, desider-áre dichiar-áre dispens-áre we had assembled, you had undeceived, they had wasted. radun-áre disingann-áre scialacqu-áre. I will expect, thou shalt arrive, he will assault, we will assure, aspett-áre arriv-áre assalt-áre assicur-áre you will wish, they shall increase. augur-áre aument-áre. Dance, let him change, let us walk, sing ye, let them certify. ball-áre cambi-áre passeggi-áre cant-áre [2]certific-áre. That I may fast, that thou mayest besiege, that he may ride, digiun-áre assedi-áre [2]cavalc-áre that we may punish, that you may pass, that they may cause. [2]castig-áre pass-áre cagion-áre. That I might caress, that thou mightest burn, that he might stoop, accarezz-áre abbruci-áre [2]abbass-ársi that we might accept, that you might embrace, that they might mend. accett-áre abbracci-áre accomod-áre. I should accompany, thou shouldst accuse, he should baptize, accompagn-áre accus-áre battezz-áre we should mistrust, you should venture, they should administer. [3]diffid-ársi [2]arrisic-áre amministr-áre. That I may have lamented, that thou mayest have invented, lament-áre invent-áre that he may have governed, that we may have tamed, govern-áre addimestic-áre that you may have asked, that they may have experienced. domand-áre speriment-áre. That I might have formed, that thou mightest have taken away, form-áre lev-áre that he might have sent, that we might have prepared, mand-áre prepar-áre that you might have deprived, that they might have resembled. priv-áre rassomigli-áre. I should have prolonged, thou shouldst have tried, [2]prolung-áre prov-áre he should have remedied, we should have refused, rimedi-áre rifiut-áre you should have carried back again, they should have prayed. riport-áre [2]preg-áre. I shall or will have warmed, thou shalt have transferred, riscald-áre trasport-áre he shall have judged, we shall have fortified, [4]giudic-áre [4]fortific-áre you shall have inflamed, they shall have failed. infiamm-áre [4]manc-áre. [1] Verbs ending in _care_ and _gare_, introduce _h_ before _e_ and _i_: wherefore, you must here write _certifichino_, not _certificino_. See _Veneroni’s Grammar_, page 92. [2] See _Gram._ p. 92. [3] _Abbassarsi_ is for _abbassare-si_, see _Gram._ p. 148. [4] See page 92. _Regular Verbs of the Second Conjugation._ [See GRAMMAR, p. 95.] I believe, thou receivest, he sees, we repeat, you beat, they drink. créd-ere ricév-ere ved-ére ripét-ere bátt-ere bév-ere. I did yield up, thou didst owe, he did cleave, we did groan, céd-ere dov-ére fénd-ere gém-ere you did feed, they did hang up. pásc-ere appénd-ere. I enjoyed, thou pressedst, he reaped, we shone, you repeated, god-ére prém-ere miét-ere rilúc-ere ripét-ere they sat down. sed-ére. I have sold, thou hast crept along, he has shrieked, we have feared, vénd-ere sérp-ere stríd-ere tem-ére you have beaten, they have received. bátt-ere ricév-ere. _The following Verbs of the Second Conjugation are irregular._ [See GRAM. p. 111.] I had fallen, thou hadst pleased, he had held, we had grieved, [1]cad-ére piac-ére ten-ére [1][2]dol-érsi you had appeared, they had pleased. par-ére piac-ére. I shall or will persuade, thou shalt lie down, he shall be able, persuad-ére giac-ére pot-ére we shall remain, you shall know, they shall be accustomed. riman-ére sap-ére [1][3]sol-ére. Be silent, let him see, let us hold, be ye pleased, tac-ére ved-ére ten-ére compiac-érsi let them fall again. ricad-ére. That I may have, that thou mayest owe, that he may fall, avére dov-ére cad-ére that we may lie down, that you may be able, that they may grieve. giac-ére pot-ére dol-érsi. That I might appear, that thou mightest lie down, that he might please, par-ére giac-ére piac-ére that we might persuade, that you might be able, that they might know. persuad-ére pot-ére sap-ére. I should be silent, thou shouldst be accustomed, he should be worth, tac-ére [4]sol-ére val-ére we should hold, you should see, they should be willing. ten-ére ved-ére vol-ére. For a full conjugation of all the verbs in _ere_, see VENERONI’S GRAMMAR, p. 95. [1] Combined with _essere_ and not _avere_, in the compound tenses. [2] See page 148. [3] See page 122. [4] With _essere_. _Regular Verbs of the Third Conjugation._ [See GRAMMAR, p. 102.] I hear, thou followest, he opens, we boil, you consent, they convert. sent-íre segu-íre apr-íre boll-íre consent-íre convert-íre. I did cover, thou didst sow, he did sleep, we did fly, you did lie, [1]copr-íre cuc-íre dorm-íre fugg-íre ment-íre they did die. [1]mor-íre. I departed, thou didst suffer, he repented, we ascended, you served, part-íre [1]soffr-íre pent-írsi sal-íre serv-íre they went out. sort-íre. I have dressed, thou hast heard, he has consented, we have slept, vest-íre ud-íre consent-íre dorm-íre you have covered, they have boiled. copr-íre boll-íre. [1] _Coprire_, _morire_, and _soffrire_, though regular in every other respect, make in the participle passive, _coperto_, _morto_, and _soferto_. _The following Verbs in ire are irregular._[1] [See VENERONI’S GRAMMAR, p. 144.] I had appeared, thou hadst uttered, he had buried, we had dared, compar-íre profer-íre seppell-íre ard-íre you had abolished, they had understood. abol-íre cap-íre. I shall or will abhor, thou shalt enrich, he shall blush, abbor-íre arricch-íre arross-íre we shall banish, you shall whiten, they shall pity. band-íre bianch-íre compat-íre. Conceive thou, let him digest, let us finish, approve ye, concep-íre diger-íre fin-íre grad-íre let them bloom. fior-íre. That I may suffer, that thou mayest grow mad, that he may languish, pat-íre impazz-íre langu-íre that we may dispatch, that you may unite, that they may obey. sped-íre un-íre obbed-íre. That I might colour, that thou mightest flourish, that he might sharpen, color-íre fior-íre inacerb-íre that we might animate, that you might harden, that they might bellow. anim-áre indur-íre mugg-íre. I would strike, thou wouldst banish, he would abhor, we would abolish, colp-íre band-íre abborr-íre abbol-íre you would enrich, they would comprehend. arricch-íre cap-íre. For the formation of compound tenses, see VENERONI’S GRAMMAR, p. 77, 82, and 88. [1] They make _isco_ in the present and corresponding tenses; as _comparisco_, _proferisco_, &c. instead of _comparo_, _profero_, &c. _Other Verbs of the Second Conjugation that are irregular only in some Tenses and Persons._ [See GRAMMAR, p. 125, and the following.] I belong, thou kindlest, he takes, we perceive, you kill, they burn. apparten-ére accénd-ere prénd-ere accorg-érsi uccíd-ere árd-ere. I did hide, thou didst oppress, he did sprinkle, we did divide, nascónd-ere opprím-ere aspérg-ere divíd-ere you did absolve, they did absorb. assólv-ere assórb-ere. I assumed, thou offeredst, he demanded, we plucked up, you shut, [1]assúm-ere porg-ere richiéd-ere divell-ere chiud-ere they engraved. incid-ere. I have granted, thou hast run, he has decided, we have believed, conced-ere corr-ere decid-ere cred-ere you have boiled, they have decided. cuoc-ere decid-ere. I had deluded, thou hadst oppressed, he had defended, we had expressed, delud-ere opprim-ere difend-ere esprim-ere you had sprinkled, they had known. asperg-ere sap-ére. I shall, or will grieve, thou shalt erect, he shall exclude, dol-érsi erg-ere esclud-ere we shall require, you shall expel, they shall extinguish. esig-ere espell-ere estingu-ere. Melt thou, let him drive in, let us feign, break ye, let them reflect. fond-ere figg-ere fing-ere frang-ere riflett-ere. That I may lie down, that thou mayest fry, that he may join, giac-ére frigg-ere giung-ere that she may imprint, that we may hang up, that you may see, imprim-ere append-ere ved-ére that they may include. includ-ere. That I might soak, that thou mightest intrude, that he might read, intrid-ere intrud-ere legg-ere that we might put, that you might bite, that they might plunge. mett-ere mord-ere immerg-ere. I would move, thou wouldst milk, he would conceal, we would neglect, muov-ere mung-ere nascond-ere neglig-ere you would foresee, they would hurt (morally). preved-ére nuoc-ere. That I may have offended, that thou mayest have oppressed, offend-ere opprim-ere that he may have struck, that we may have lost, percuot-ere perd-ere that you may have pleased, that they may have wept. piac-ére piang-ere. That I might have painted, that thou mightest have presented, diping-ere porg-ere that he might have curtailed, that we might have taken, precid-ere prend-ere that you might have presumed, that they might have protected. presum-ere protegg-ere. I should have sat down, thou shouldest have returned, sed-ére rend-ere he should have reduced, we should have laughed, ridur-re rid-ere you should have answered, they should have suspended. rispond-ere sospend-ere. When I shall have scattered, thou shalt have shaken, he shall have risen, sparg-ere scuot-ere sorg-ere we shall have killed, you shall have conquered, they shall have lived. uccid-ere vinc-ere viv-ere. [1] Let it be remarked that, in all the following verbs in _ere_, not accentuated, the accent is on the antepenultima; as _pórgere_, _richiédere_, &c. _On the RULES of the ITALIAN SYNTAX, with References to VENERONI’S Grammar._ _On the ORDER of WORDS._ [See GRAM. p. 196.] I write three hours every day. scrívere tre [1]ora ogni [2]giôrno. Thou art too troublesome to my friends. éssere [3]troppo molésto amíco. He speaks like a Roman orator. parláre come Románo [4]oratóre. We go out of town every Spring. andáre fuóri [5]città ogni primavéra. You shew your probity very plainly. mostráre probità molto [6]chiaraménte. They think it is very fine weather [7]to walk out. pensáre [8]fare [9]bello tempo spasseggiáre. I was extremely glad to see him again. [10]rallegrársi estremaménte rivedére. Thou wert generously rewarded. essere generosaménte ricompensáre. He bought many things to send abroad. compráre molto cosa mandáre fuóri del paese. We encouraged all arts and trades. incoraggire [11]tutto arte mestiére. You baffled their wicked designs. sconcertáre scelleráto diségno. They tempted our faithful subjects. tentáre fedéle suddito. I have enriched his numerous family. avére arricchíre [12]numeróso famíglia. Thou hast many accounts to settle. molto conto regoláre. He has renewed his promises to us. rinnováre proméssa We have seen the chief curiosities. vedére principále curiosità. You have examined them carefully. esamináre attentaménte. They have declared their last will. dichiaráre último volontà. I had resolved to get rid of them. [13]risólversi disfársi Thou hadst determined to say it plainly. determináre dire schiettaménte. He had fixed on that sort of diversion. fissáre quello sorta divertiménto. We had sworn to love each other eternally. giuráre amársi eternaménte. You had forsaken his acquaintance. abbandonáre conoscénza. They had implored the king’s clemency. imploráre Re cleménza. I shall ever commend prudent people. sempre lodáre prudente gente. Thou shalt publish this news every where. spárgere nuóva da per tutto. He will return from France next week. ritornáre Fráncia próssimo settimána. We shall travel day and night till we arrive. viaggiáre giórno e notte finchè [14]arriváre. You will do yourself immortal honor. fare immortále onóre. They will disgrace their noble family. disonoráre nóbile famíglia. Bring me that bottle and a glass. [15]portáre bottiglia bicchiére. Let him gather all his things, and then go. radunáre tutto roba poi andáre. Let us walk in the garden before dinner. spasseggiáre [16]giardíno avánti pranzo. Go and meet all our friends on the road. andáre incontráre tutto amíco sulla strada. Let them answer all my questions. [17]rispóndere dománda. [1] Nouns ending in _a_, make the plural in _e_. Ex. _ora_, plur. _ore_. [2] Those in _o_, make the plural in _i_, _giorno_, _giorni_. [3] It is a general rule, that all words of two syllables have the first long (except those whose last syllable takes a grave accent), therefore such words need not hereafter be accentuated. [4] Subst. in _e_, make _i_ in the plural, _oratore_, _oratori_. [5] See _Gram._ p. 44, on words in _tà_ indeclinable. [6] See _Gram._ p. 158, on the formation of adverbs out of adjectives. [7] _To_, must be translated by the word _per_. [8] _Che fa_, as in French, _qu’il fait_. [9] _Bello_ loses its last syllable, and makes _bel_. See _Gram._ p. 56. [10] See _Gram._ p. 147, on reciprocal verbs. [11] See the declension of _tutto_, _Gram._ p. 73. [12] See _Gram._ p. 53, on adjectives ending in _o_. [13] _Risólvere_ makes in the part. passive _risolúto_. [14] Must be the future tense. [15] See _Gram._ p. 205. [16] See the rules on the preposition _nello_, _nella_, p. 42. [17] _Rispondere_ governs the dative case of the thing. _On the Articles lo, la, li, le, gli._ [See VENERONI’S GRAMMAR, p. 35, and 200.] The study of belles lettres has always been recommended [1]studio belle léttere [2]éssere sempre stato raccomandáre to the youth of both sexes. [3]gioventù ambedúe sesso. Great events and revolutions followed the death of Cæsar. grande evénto rivoluzióne seguíre morte Césare. The fear of torments made him fly his country. timóre torménto fare fuggíre pátria. Poland was for many years the seat of domestic divisions. Polónia éssere per molto anno seggio doméstico divisióne. Portugal is a despotic kingdom. Avarice is despicable. Portogállo despótico regno. Avarízia sprezzábile. My lord the archbishop, visited all the clergy. signór arcivéscovo visitáre clero. My lord the president, decreed it in his behalf. [4]signór presidénte decretáre favóre. Madam the countess has ordered it. signóra contéssa comandáre. The gentlemen are not yet come to see us. signóri éssere ancóra veníre vedére. Women are very fair in the northern countries. donna molto bióndo settentrionále paése. [1] _Lo_ before nouns beginning with an _s_, and followed by another consonant. See _Gram._ p. 36. [2] _Essere_ instead of _avere_. See p. 84. [3] Words in _ù_ are indeclinable. See p. 50. [4] The article _il_ must be put before _signore_: except before ecclesiastical titles, when we must say _Monsignor_. _The English particle to, before infinitives, is sometimes rendered in Italian by the Article il or lo._ [See VENERONI’S GRAMMAR, p. 200.] It is forbidden to do evil. éssere proibíre fare male. It is not always convenient to speak the truth. sempre convenévole dire verità. It is permitted to a sick person to complain. perméttere ammaláto [1]lamentársi. It is not polite to interrupt any one who speaks. civíle interrómpere uno che parláre. It is right to correct boys while they are young. giústo corréggere ragázzo mentre éssere gióvane. It is a great satisfaction to people of feeling to hear that their grande soddisfazióne sensíbile gente sentíre friends are in perfect health. amico éssere perfétto salúte. It is a great pleasure to see brothers well united together; but it is a gran piacére vedére fratéllo bene unito insiéme ma great grief to see them disagree. grande dispiacére vedére discórdia. It is not always proper to correct children for the faults sempre convenévole corréggere ragázzo fallo they commit; but it is very necessary to make them sensible of them. comméttere ma molto necessário fare accórgersi It is easy to give advice, but difficult to execute. fácile dare consíglio ma diffícile eseguíre. It is easy to perceive you neglect your business. accórgersi trascuráre affáre. It was ever commendable to study languages. sempre lodévole studiáre lingua. [1] See _Veneroni’s Grammar_, p. 147, on reciprocal verbs. _On the SYNTAX of NOUNS._ [See GRAMMAR, p, 201.] A dutiful child is a great comfort to his parents. obbediénte figliuólo grande consolazióne suo genitóre. A good wife is an inestimable treasure. buóno moglie inestimábile tesóro. A diligent master instructs attentive scholars. diligénte maéstro instruíre atténto scolaro. A good action deserves great praise. buóno azióne meritáre grande lóde. A rash counsel is productive of fatal consequences. inconsideráto consíglio è l’origine fatále conseguénza. My father and mother are very compassionate. padre[1] madre[1] éssere molto compassionévole. Their brother and sister are industrious. fratéllo sorélla industrióso. Your house and garden are excessively beautiful. casa giardíno eccessivamente bello. My exercise and my lesson are difficult. tema lezióne diffícile. Our man-servant and our maid-servant are good, and therefore they servitore serva buóno perciò shall be rewarded. saranno ricompénsati. You, your master, and your mistress, have been civil[2] to me, and padróne padróna éssere stato civíle merit my greatest thanks. meritáre[3] gránde ringraziaménto. [1] An adjective with several substantives, must agree in gender with that which is the most worthy, the masculine being accounted more worthy than the feminine. [2] Render it thus; towards me, _verso di me_. [3] See _Gram._ p. 56, on superlatives. _On COMPARATIVES._ [See GRAM. p. 53.] France is larger and more powerful than Italy. Fráncia grande poténte Itália. Virgil wrote more than any other poet. Virgílio scrívere qualúnque altro poéta[1]. Horace was much more satirical than Juvenal. Orázio éssere satírico Giuvenale. Your countrymen are much richer than mine. vostro compatriótto [2]ricco mio. This water is much clearer than crystal. questo acqua chiáro cristállo. Your sister’s hands are whiter than alabaster. sorélla [3]mano [4]biánco alabástro. The English are more studious than their neighbours. Inglése studióso vicino. Milton was much more learned than Dante. Milton éssere dotto Dante. The Russians behaved more bravely than the Turks. Russo comportársi valorosaménte Turco. Cicero was less happy than Diogenes. Ciceróne felíce Diógene. Lewis the Fourteenth was much less admired than Henry the Fourth. Luígi décimo quarto ammiraré Enríco quarto. London is far better paved than Paris. Londra lastricáre Parígi. Venice is much less populous than Naples. Venézia popoláto Nápoli. Lend me three thousand pounds for a month. prestáre tre[5] mila lira per mese. I have inherited five hundred guineas a year. avére ereditáre cinque cento ghinea anno. I have seven brothers and two sisters alive. sette fratéllo due sorélla vivo. The tenth of next month I will pay you. diéci próssimo mese pagáre. Judas was one of the twelve apostles. Giúda éssere dódici apóstolo. William the Third was a great conqueror. Gugliélmo[6] terzo éssere grande conquistatóre. Henry the Fourth of France was a matchless warrior. Enríco quarto di Francia incomparábile guerriêro. Pope Sixtus the Fifth was a great man. Papa Sisto quinto grande uómo. Your master has a fine country-house. padróne avere[7] bello villa. Your brother has six fine dapple-bay horses. fratello sei bello bajo pomelláto cavállo. Your uncle and aunt are my dear friends. zio zia éssere caro amíco. Our general was ever reputed a gallant man. generále sempre riputáre valoróso uómo. Solomon was a wise king. Salomóne sávio re. King George is a religious monarch. Giórgio religióso monárca. Nero was a wicked man. Neróne cattívo uómo. Crœsus was reckoned a rich prince. Creso stimáre ricco príncipe. The duke of Richmond has six fine grey horses. duca Richmond sei bello[8] leárdo cavállo. Spain is a hot country, but Germany is a very cold one. Spagna caldo paése ma Germánia freddo paése. Give me some cold water, and red wine. dare freddo acqua rosso vino. I like cold weather better than hot. amáre freddo tempo caldo. The English ladies are handsomer than the Italian. Inglése signóra bella Italiána. I always thought he was a troublesome man. sempre crédere [9]incómodo uómo. This poor man has crooked legs. questo póvero uómo avére storto gamba. Will you have a round hat or a cocked one? avére rotóndo cappéllo od a tre pizzi? There is a sickly man, methinks. ammalatíccio uómo mi pare. You are a thoughtful philosopher. pensieróso filósofo. The industrious are praised, but the slothful are despised. [10]industrióso lodáre ma pigro sprezzáre. The righteous find peace, but the wicked feel torment. giústo trováre pace scelleráto sentíre torménto. The covetous despise the poor, but the generous cherish them. aváro sprezzare póvero ma generóso volére bene. The merciful shall find mercy, but the cruel shall be punished. misericordióso trovare pietà crudéle castigáre. The wise man seeks wisdom, but the fool despises understanding. sávio cercáre sapiénza stolto sprezzáre intendiménto. Give me some bread, some wine, some butter, some cheese, dare [11]del pane vino butírro cácio some boiled beef, some mutton, some veal, some pork, some pie, manzo alésso castráto vitéllo porco pastíccio some fish, some mustard, some salt. pesce mostárda sale. Go and fetch me a bit of the white bread. andáre a cercáre pezzo biánco pane. Send to market to buy me ten pounds of fresh butter.[12] mandáre mercáto compráre libbra fresco butírro. Bring directly six pounds of black cherries. portáre súbito sei libbra nero cerása. Seven hundred of fresh walnuts, and five pounds of hazle nuts. sette cento noce cinque nocciuóla. Have you been at Paris? No, but I have been at Rouen: it is éssere stato[13] No ma Roáno a fine city. Did you see it? bello città vedére Did you give your brother the book I lent you? dare[14] fratéllo libro prestáre No, I gave it to my sister, and she will return it to you when she has dare sorélla restituíre read it. léggere. Did you tell your father I was in the country? dire padre éssere campágna? No, sir, but I told my mother, it is all one. dire madre è l’istéssa cosa. God demands the pureness of our hearts. Iddío richiedere purità[15] cuóre. We ought to die for the service of our princes. dovére moríre servízio príncipe. [1] See _Gram._ p. 45, on words ending in _a_ of the masc. [2] Words ending in _cco_, take an _h_ in the plural, p. 49. [3] _Mano_ is of the fem. gender. [4] Such words as end in _co_, and _go_, take also an _h_ in the plural. See _Gram._ p. 49. [5] Nouns of number ought to be put before the substantive. [6] Nouns of order must be after the substantive, when we speak of ecclesiastical, or secular princes. [7] Adjectives of quality must be put before substantives. [8] Nouns of colours, elementary qualities, and of nations, must be put after the substantive. [9] The adjectives of condition, figure, and quantity, must be put after substantives. [10] Adjectives that have no substantives must be of the masculine gender, because _man_ is always understood. [11] When you ask for something without specifying the quantity of it, use the article partitive, _del_, _della_, &c. See _Gram._ p. 210. [12] You must use the article indefinite _di_, when you specify the quantity of the thing. [13] We put the indefinite article _a_ before the names of cities. [14] Before the names of men and women, we use _al_, _alla_, _allo_, _a_, &c. [15] We use _de’_ before pronouns that are joined with substantives. See _Veneroni’s Grammar_, p. 201. CONSTRUCTION of ADJECTIVES. _The Adjectives expressing desire, knowledge, remembrance, ignorance, forgetting, care, fear, guilt, or any passion of the mind, require the following Noun to be in the Genitive case._ Those who are desirous of honour, are studious of learning and of quello éssere bramóso onóre studióso sciénza good manners. buóno costúme. He who is not mindful of his own business, cannot be mindful of badáre própio affáre non può badare other people’s. altro. Thou and I are guilty of the same error. colpévole stesso errore. I am ignorant of the fact you mention. ignoráre fatto mentionáre. _Adjectives expressing plenty, or want, as poor, destitute, empty, full, void, require the Genitive case after them._ He whose purse is empty of money, has a house empty of friends. borsa vuóto danáro avére casa vuóto amíco. The court which is full of flatterers, is pernicious to a prince, though corte éssere piéno adulatóre pernizióso príncipe he be rich in substance and loaded with honours. ricco sostánza colmáre onóre. A journey of twenty miles wearies a horse that is very hungry; for viággio venti míglia stancáre cavállo fame perchè while he is wanting food, he goes slowly. mentre bramare di mangiare andáre lentamente. Laziness has need of spurs. pigrízia bisógno speróne. _The Adjectives worthy, unworthy, adorned, encompassed, content, must have a Genitive after them._ Those are unworthy of the glory of Heaven, who do not think virtue éssere indégno glória Ciélo che crédere virtù worthy of love, nor are contented with the pleasure it gives. dégno amóre conténto piacére che dare. A son endowed with excellent qualities rejoices his father, whose figliuólo dotáto eccellénte qualità rallegráre padre good example he imitates, whose commands he observes; he is never buóno esempio imitáre comándo osserváre mai in fear, for he provokes not his father’s anger; he is always mindful paura perchè provocáre padre cóllera sempre attento of his own duty, and is like a staff to his father’s old age. al dovére è come bastóne padre vecchiája. He who is endowed with fine qualities, and does not behave himself well, quello dotáto bello qualità comportársi bene is unworthy of men’s society.[1] éssere indégno uómo società. Those who are contented with their own condition, are worthy of the name éssere conténto condizióne degno nome of good Christians; but such are very rare. buóno Cristiáno ma raro. If the city of Naples were encompassed with walls, it would be se città Nápoli circondáre muro éssere[2] stronger than it is. forte England is adorned with the fairest ladies in the world. Inghiltérra ornáre [3]belle signóra di questo mondo. Our country is surrounded with the strongest bulwarks. paése chiúdere [3]forte baluárdo. Few people are satisfied with the lot that Providence has granted them. poco gente soddisfáre sorte Providénza concédere. [1] See _Gram._ p. 44, on words ending in _tà_. [2] See _Veneroni’s Grammar_, p. 53, on comparatives. [3] Ibid. p. 56, on superlatives. Adjectives governing a Dative Case. _Adjectives expressing submission, relation, pleasure, due, resistance, difficulty, likeness, have the following Noun in the Dative case._ Virtue is pleasant to the righteous, and profitable to those who [1]virtù piacévole giústo profittévole quello love it. che amáre. Adoration is due to God, the King of all the world. L’adorazione dovúto Dio [2]Re tutto mondo. Honour is due to kings, because God has commanded us to be onóre dovúto Re perchè avére comandáre éssere obedient to them. obbediénte It is a lamentable thing to see some men of great abilities prone to lamentévole cosa uómo gràn talénto dédito wickedness. vízio. A man who suffers himself to be led by the corrupted pleasures of uómo lasciársi allettáre corrótto piacére this world, is not like a Christian. quésto mondo símile Cristiáno. Children are not always like their parents, they are sometimes quite figliuólo sempre símile genitóre talvólta affátto different from them. differénte My father is like my uncle as to his features, and the colour of his padre somigliáre zio in quanto fattézza colóre hair, but he is not like him in his manners. [3]capéllo ma éssere costúme. [1] Words in _ù_ are indeclinable. See _Gram._ p. 50. [2] _Re_ is indeclinable. [3] _Of his hair_, dei capelli _in plur. and without the possessive pronoun_. _On Superlative Degrees._ [See GRAM. p. 56.] The most noble of all virtues is charity. la più nóbile tutto virtù carità. The most ingenious people are not always the most learned. [1]più ingegnóso persone éssere sempre dotto. The most pernicious of all crimes is slander, it ruins very often pernizióso delítto calúnnia rovinare [2]spesso the reputation of the most honest people; it puts discord between riputazióne onésto gente méttere discórdia fra the most intimate friends; in short, it is the most abominable intrínseco amíco in somma abbominévole crime in the world. delítto mondo. The best quality a man can have, is to be civil and obliging. [3]buóno qualità uómo potére avére civíle cortése. The best friend we can have is money. amíco danáro. The best soldiers in the world are sometimes conquered. soldáto talvólta vincere. Buy me the best grapes you see in town. compráre uva vedére città. The greatest men in the kingdom confess it. gránde uómo regno confessáre. The richest people are not the happiest. ricco gente felíce. The most virtuous women have been guilty of coquetry. virtuóso donna éssere stato colpévole civettería. We should pay a most particular attention to the moral conduct of our [4]fare particoláre attenzióne morale condotta children of both sexes. figliuólo ambidúe sesso. [1] _The most_ is rendered by _il più_, _la più_, _i più_, &c. See _Gram._ p. 56. [2] _Very often_ makes _spessissimo_. [3] The superlative-comparative degree of _buono_ is _il migliore_. See _Veneroni’s Grammar_, p. 54 and 56. [4] _Pay_ is often turned by _fare_. OF PRONOUNS. _The Personal Pronouns io, tu, egli, essa, noi, voi, eglino, being the Nominative Case, ought to be put before the Verb; but if there is an Interrogation, they must be put after._ [See GRAM. p. 67.] I entreat you to grant me that favour. supplicáre voi accordáre quello favóre. What do you desire of me, madam? brama madama? What do you say? I do not understand you. dire capíre. Don’t you speak Italian and French? parláre Italiáno Francése? I understand them pretty well, but when you speak so very fast, capíre assái bene ma quando parláre così presto I cannot understand you. non posso capíre. I ask you if you will do me a favour. domándare volére fare favóre. With all my heart, if I can conveniently. tutto cuóre potére senz’inconveniente. Have you an Italian Dictionary? avére Italiáno Dizionário? Yes, I have Baretti’s Dictionary. Barétti Dizionário. Will you lend it me for two or three weeks? prestáre[1] due tre settimána? It is at your service, if you will send for it. vostro servízio mandárlo a prendere. Did you see the castle St. Angelo at Rome? vedére castéllo Sant’ Angelo Roma? Yes, it is very fine, very rich; in short, I think it is the finest bello ricco in somma crédere [2] castle in Europe. Európa. Do you think the city of Paris is finer than London? crédere città Parígi bello Londra? No, it is not so large, nor so well built as London. gránde bene fabbricata I love you with all my heart, and if you will come to-morrow to see me, amáre tutto cuóre veníre dománi vedére I’ll give you what I promised you. dare prométtere. I will not fail, but I am afraid to be too troublesome to you and to mancáre temére di dar troppo incómodo your family. vóstra famiglia. Did Mr. N. give you the book you lent him? Signór dare libro prestáre? Not yet; but I believe he will give it me soon. non ancóra ma crédere dare presto. When you get it back, will you bring it me? [3]riavére portáre I will do it willingly to oblige you. fare volentiéri obbligáre. When will you go to see him at his country seat? quando andáre vedére sua villa? I think I shall pay him a visit next month. crédere fare una visita próssimo mese. Bring me your grammar to-morrow. portáre grammática dománi. Here it is, sir, I brought it with me. Eccola quà portáre meco. Shew me what you have written. That is not well, write it over again, mostráre quel che avére scrívere bene scrívere di nuóvo and when you have done, give it to your brother. [4]quando avére fare dare vostro fratéllo. I think you are very idle. crédere éssere pigro. Forgive me, I will be more diligent in future. perdonáre éssere più diligénte all’avveníre. Reach me that pen-knife, and a clean pen. recáre quello temperíno pulíto penna. Write an exercise, and then read it to me. scrívere tema e poi leggétemelo[5]. [1] See _Gram._ p. 203, on pronouns conjunctive. [2] See _Gram._ p. 56, on superlatives. [3] This supposes a future, which must be thus expressed: _Quando lo riávréte_, &c. [4] Turn, _and when you shall have done it_. [5] See _Gram._ p. 66. On PRONOUNS DEMONSTRATIVE and POSSESSIVE. _The Pronouns Demonstrative, questo, quello, or questi, and the Pronouns Possessive, mio, mia, tuo, tua, suo, sua, agree with the Substantive in gender, number, and case._ [See VENERONI’S GRAMMAR, p. 68, 70.] This horse goes better than any of yours. questo cavállo andáre qualúnque vostro. This man is more honest than you think.[1] uómo onésto crédere. This woman is not so happy as she deserves. donna felíce meritáre. This house stands in a most pleasant situation. casa stare améno situazióne. Those gentlemen seem to be very cold. quello signóre parére avére freddo. Those ladies are very modestly drest. signóra modestaménte vestíre. My brother is gone into the country for a month. [2]mio fratéllo andáre campágna mese. My mother is gone over to France for her health. madre Fráncia salute. My countrymen are very great politicians. compatriótto grande político. My sister loves public diversions to excess. sorélla amáre púbblico divertiménto éccesso. My action is not so blameable as you say. azióne biasimiévole dire. Your affection for me is false and deceitful. affétto falso ingannévole. Her history has made a great noise in the world. stória avére fare grande romóre mondo. Their clock is always out of order. orológio sempre in disórdine. Our house is finer than yours. casa bello vostro. Their affairs are more perplexed [3]than you imagine. affáre più imbarrazzáre immagináre. [1] You must here add a negation, after a comparison, as in French, and turn it thus; _than you not think: Che non credéte_. [2] Pronouns possessive take the article _il_, _la_, &c. in the nominative. See _Veneroni’s Grammar_, p. 68. [3] Render it, as in the preceding page; _than you not imagine_. _The Pronoun Relative che is of all genders, and of all numbers._ [See GRAM. p. 72.] The woman who has a fair face, is loved by all. donna che avére bello viso amáre tutto. The girl who brought me my pen-knife, is lovely. ragázza portáre temperíno amábile. The man who bought my house is honest. uómo compráre mio casa onésto. My brother’s hat begins to be worn. fratéllo cappéllo cominciáre usársi. The man who struck my father is a butcher. uómo percuótere padre macellájo. The rewards which are promised shall be given, if the work required, ricompénsa éssere prométtere dare lavóro richiésto be done the day after to-morrow. fare dopo dománi. The horse which my father sold was very good. cavállo padre véndere éssere buóno. The comedy which we acted was pleasant. commédia rappresentáre piacévole. The wood we bargained for was too dry. legna patteggiáre éssere secco. The wine which you drank yesterday was excellent. vino bere jeri eccellente. The last lesson you gave me, was very difficult. ultimo lezióne dare molto diffícile. The company you keep is not honest. compagnía praticáre onésto. I have found the book which I had lost. avére trováre libro pérdere. _Note that, he that, and she that, must be turned by quello che, and quella che._ [See GRAM. p. 72.] He who does not fear God, does not deserve to live. temére Dio meritáre vívere. He who came this morning, has a great regard for you. veníre mattína avére gran stima He who gave you that counsel, is not your friend. dare consíglio amíco. He who lives honestly, is esteemed by all people. vívere onestaménte stimáre tutti. He who told you that, did not tell you the truth. dire verità. He who sold you these boots, did not cheat you. véndere stivále ingannáre. She who is the handsomest, is not always the most virtuous. bello sempre virtuóso. He who speaks continually, must be very troublesome. parláre continuamente deve éssere seccante. She who told me the news, is your great friend. dire nuóvo grande amíca. She who is married to Mr. N. is the most lively. maritáre signór N. più viváce. She who gave me your letter, speaks Italian very well. dare léttera parláre Italiáno beníssimo. He whom you look for, is gone away this morning. cercáre partire mattína. He whom you hate the most, is my intimate friend. odiáre intímo amico. He whom you have recommended to me, is a great rogue. avére raccomandáre birbánte. He whom you saw yesterday, is my sister’s lover. vedére jéri éssere sorélla amánte. He whom God loves, is very happy. Dio amáre felíce. She whom you see, is my eldest brother’s mistress. vedére primogénito fratéllo innamoráta. She whom I have recommended to you, is modest. avére raccomandáre modésto. She whom I loved most, is married. amáre il più maritáre. I saw to-day the gentleman with whom we dined yesterday. vedére oggi signóre [1] pranzáre jéri. Here is the lady for whom I have great respect. Ecco signóra avére grande rispétto. Let us go and see the lady with whom we played at cards andáre [2] vedere giuocáre carta in the country the other day. campágna altro giórno. The gentleman with whom we were the other day is very ill. signóre éssere altro giórno ammaláto. There is the horse for which I offered twenty guineas. cavállo esibire venti ghinéa. Shew me the watch for which you gave forty pounds. mostráre oriuólo dare quaránta lire. There is the sword for which I offered six guineas. spada esibíre sei ghinéa. [1] We put _quale_ after the prepositions, speaking of reasonable creatures. See _Gram._ p. 72. [2] See _Gram._ p. 205, on verbs of motion. _When between two Verbs there is a Noun, or a Pronoun, we put generally che after the first Verb._ I thought you could speak Italian better than you do.[1] crédere parláre Italiáno méglio I fancy you are not yet twenty years old. immaginársi [2]avére ancóra venti anni. I hope you will not refuse me the favour to recommend me to speráre ricusáre favóre raccomandáre your friends in town. vostro amíco città. My uncle told me yesterday you were not well, but I am very glad to find zio dire jéri [3]stare bene ma rallegrársi trováre you are better to-day. méglio oggi. You promised to write to me last week, but I am very sorry prométtere scrívere passáto settimána ma rincréscere to observe you have forgot me. vedére che vi siete scordato di me. [1] Render, _than you do not_. [2] We use the verb _avére_ instead of _éssere_, speaking of age. _Ex._ How old are you? _Quanti anni avete?_ [3] The verb _stare_ must be used instead of _éssere_, in speaking of health. _We always put che instead of but in English, with a negation before the Verb._ I desired but one favour from you,[1] and you refused it me. chiédere favóre ricusáre. If you would give me but one guinea at once, you would oblige me dare ghinéa alla volta obbligáre infinitely. infinitaménte. When one has but little money, one ought to spend accordingly. quando[2] avére poco danáro dovére spéndere in conseguénza. I ask you but what others give me. domandáre altro dare. You do nothing but laugh and play. fare [3] rídere giuocáre. He does nothing but eat and drink. mangiáre bere. When others laugh, you do nothing but cry. altro rídere fare piángere. [1] _Non vi chiési che un favóre._ [2] _When one has but_, &c. must be rendered by _quando non si ha che_, &c. [3] _You do nothing but_, &c. render it by, _non fate altro che_. _On the Particles Relative ci and vi. The Particles Relative ci and vi, are put instead of there, within and in that._ I went yesterday to your house to see you, but your man told me venire jéri casa vedére ma servitore dire you were not within. éssere Indeed I was there almost all the afternoon; at what time did you come? in verità quasi tutto dopo pranzo che ora veníre? I went there at six o’clock. sei He was in the right to tell you that I was not within, for I was gone [1]avére dire éssere andáre to visit a few friends in the square. visitáre alcúno amíco piázza. My brother and sister are gone into the country. fratéllo sorélla andáre campagna. When did they go, I wish to know? quando vorréi sapére? They went yesterday morning. andáre jéri mattína. Is it long since you saw our regiment? [2] vedére reggiménto? It is two months, if I remember well. due mese se ricordáre bene. How long is it since you left France? éssere lasciáre Fráncia? It is five and twenty years, or thereabouts. cinque venti anno incírca. [1] To be in the right, is, _avere ragione_. [2] Long, _molto tempo_, or _un pezzo_. _How to express some of it, or some of them._ [See GRAMMAR p. 215.] You have three horses, lend me one of them. avére tre cavállo prestátemene uno. I have but two, one for myself, and the other for my man. avére due me servitore. I thought you had three (of them). crédere avére tre. To shew you that I have but two (of them), come with me into the stable, far vedére avére due veníre meco stalla and you will not see any more (of them). vedére più. I do not doubt it at all, I believe you. dubitáre[1] crédere. I see very fine flowers in your garden, give me some. vedére bello fióre giardíno dare I have not many, but what there are, are at your service. avére molto ma quel [2] servízio. I have but fifteen or sixteen, as you see. quindici sedici vedére. You may take a dozen, if you please. potére pigliáre dozzina piacére. What will you have me do with them? volére fare You may give some to your daughters. dare vostro figlia. Do they talk of the war in your town? [3]parláre guerra città? They talk of it all over the island. tutto ísola. And what do they think of our neighbours’ intentions? crédere vicíno intenzióne? They know very little about them here. sapére poco quì. [1] _Non ne dubito punto._ [2] See _Gram._ p. 151, on the conjugation of _there is_, &c. [3] See _Gram._ p. 215, on _it is_, _they_, &c. EXERCISES on the TENSES of the VERBS. _The Present Tense is when the Action of which one speaks, is present._ Sir, I come to have the honour to see you. Signóre veníre avére onóre vedére. I am infinitely obliged to you for this favour. éssere infinitaménte obbligáre questo favóre. How does the lady your mother do? [1]stare signóra madre She is very well, sir, and presents her compliments to you. stáre beníssimo presentáre compliménto I am her most humble servant, and am very glad to hear she is well. éssere úmile servo rallegrársi sentíre stare bene. Will you come and walk with me in the garden? volére veníre spasseggiáre giardíno? Pray excuse me, I cannot stay any longer. pregáre scusáre potére restáre You are always in great haste when you come to see me. éssere sempre grande fretta veníre vedére. I beg your pardon, sir, I have been here above an hour, and my sister mi perdoni quì circa ora sorélla is all alone at home. tutto solo casa. I am sorry you will not stay: I entreat you to present my most [2]dispiacére volére rimanére supplicáre presentáre humble respects to the lady your mother. úmile rispétto signóra madre. [1] When we inquire after any body’s health, we make use of the verb _stare_, instead of _fare_, or _éssere_. [2] An impersonal verb; _mi dispiáce che non vogliáte rimanére_. _The Imperfect Tense is when the Action of which one speaks, is going on, or is interrupted._ Sir, we were speaking of you, when you came in. Signóre parláre quando entrare. What were you saying of me, ladies? che dire signóra? We were saying that when you were in France, among the ladies, you were dire quando éssere Fráncia fra dame éssere the most gallant, the most courteous, and the most complaisant gentleman galánte cortése compiacente signóre in the world. mondo. I did not think, ladies, I was so happy as to be the subject of pensáre signora avere la fortuna éssere soggétto your conversation; and what do you think I am now? conversazióne crédere We believe that you are still very civil, and very complaisant; crédere éssere ancóra civíle compiacénte but not so gallant as you were then. ma galánte éssere. Louis the XIVth was one of the greatest kings in the world; he was Luígi [1] grande Re mondo a lover of fine sciences, he did not love flatterers, neither did he amatóre bello léttera amáre adulatóre always follow his own inclinations; and if he could not get sempre seguíre inclinazióne e se guadagnáre the victory over his enemies by the force of his arms, he would get it vittória nemíco forza arma ottenére by the number of his louis d’ors; in a word, he was a great politician. número luígi d’oro in somma grande politíco. [1] We also make use of the imperfect tense, when we speak in time past of the habitual qualities and actions of any person alive or dead. _The Perfect Definite is a Tense perfectly past, and often determined by an Adverb of time past._ Where did you go yesterday, that you were not at home, when I went dove andáre jéri éssere quando veníre to see you? vedére? I went to see Mr. N. who is not well. andáre vedére il signór stare Did you meet with any company there? trováre compagnía Yes, sir, I met with his uncle and three of his sisters. zio tre sorélla. What was the subject of your conversation? quale éssere soggetto conversazíone? We spoke of many different things. parláre molto differénte cosa. Did you speak Italian with them? Italiáno Yes, all our conversation was in Italian. TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: No Italian translation was provided for this line. Did they say you speak it well? dire bene? They said nothing about it. niente Did they not ask you of whom you learn? domandáre chi imparáre? Yes, I told them I was learning of you. TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: No Italian translation was provided for this line. The emperor, Julius Cæsar, after he had conquered Britain, imperatóre Giúlio Césare dopo conquistáre Brettágna built a tower at London, but he continued not there; he appointed [1]edificáre torre Londra restáre constituíre rulers in his stead, and returned from London to Rome. governatóre vece ritornáre Londra Roma. Henry the VIIIth, king of England, regarded not the bulls and Enrico ottávo Re Inghilterra badáre bolla threatenings which came from Italy; he violently shook off mináccia veníre Italia violenteménte scuótere the papal power, though he retained the Roman religion. papále potére ritenére Románo religióne. [1] We also make use of the perfect definite, when we speak of the transactions of persons who are dead. _The Preterpluperfect is a Tense so perfectly past, that it cannot be interrupted._ I am very glad to see you, for your brother rallegrársi vedére fratello told me you were gone to France. dire ’Tis true I was resolved to go there, if my father had given me vero risólvere andáre [1] padre avére dare money enough to make that journey. danáro fare viággio. Had he given you leave to go there? avére dáre licénza andáre? Yes, and he gave me fifty guineas to make my journey. si dare cinquánta ghinéa fare viággio. If he had given me thirty more, I should have gone to Paris [2] avére dare trenta essere andáre Parígi to pass the summer. passáre estáte. If you had come to see me, I would have lent you some. veníre vedére avére prestáre I am much obliged to you for it. éssere molto obbligáto When you had a mind to go to France, were you resolved quando pensare andáre Fráncia risólvere to set out without taking leave of your friends? partíre senza licenziársi amíco? No, sir, I had already taken leave of several. no signóre essere digià licenziársi da molto. Very well, but you had forgotten me. beníssimo ma scordársi. I am sorry you have so bad an opinion of me. dispiacére cattívo opinióne [1] _Gram._ p. 206, on _if_ before that tense. [2] See _Gram._ p. 206, on the particle _if_ before the imperfect indicative. _On the Future, or time to come._ When will you go into the country? quando andáre campágna? I believe I shall go there to-morrow. crédere andáre dománi. Will you stay long there? restáre un pezzo? No, sir, I shall stay but two or three weeks. due o tre settimána. How will you spend your time when you are there? passáre tempo quando[1] éssere I’ll go and see my friends, and I will divert myself with andáre vedére amíco divertíre those who receive me kindly. [2]ricévere corteseménte. Will you not carry some books with you? portáre libro No, for I am sure while I am there, I shall have no time to read. perchè sicúro mentre[3] avére tempo léggere. You will forget all your Italian. scordársi tutto Italiano. I am certain I shall not, for I will not stay long there. certo di no restáre molto When once you are there, your friends will not permit you to leave them una volta[4] éssere amíco permettere lasciáre so soon. così presto. You shall see that I’ll be here next Sunday, and that my friends vedére éssere quì próssimo Doménica amíco will not have so much power over me as you think. avére tanto potére pensáre. What will you bring me from the country? portáre campágna? I’ll bring you some partridges, a hare, and some pheasants. portáre perníce lepre fagiáno. I shall be obliged to you for them. éssere obbligáto [1] _When you are there_, render, _when you shall be there_. [2] _Ricevere_, must be in the future, third person plural. [3] Render, _while I shall be there_, mentre starò là. [4] Render, _when once you shall be there_, quando una volta ci saréte. _On the Imperative, or Mood that commands._ Go from me to my lady; present my respects to her: give her this andáre signóra presentáre rispétto dare questo letter, and bring me an answer; should she not be at home, stay léttera portáre rispósta éssere casa restáre till she comes back. ritornáre. Speak Italian with me, pronounce well, begin again, read softly, parláre Italiáno meco pronunziáre ricominciáre leggere adágio repeat your lesson, go. ripétere lezióne coraggio. On the Construction of VERBS. _The Auxiliary Verb avére, requires an accusative Case._ You have a son who has the finest qualities in the world; he has avére figlio bello qualità mondo avére a sweet countenance, a great deal of civility, and very obliging piacévole fisonomia molto civiltà cortése manners; in short, he has the love of every body, and maniera affetto tutto you are happy in having such a son. éssere fortunato A man is very happy who has the fear of God and the love of his uómo molto felíce timóre Dio amóre neighbours, though he should not have the riches of fortune. prossimo [1]benchè richézza fortúna. Those who have wealth, and have no charity for the poor, shall not avére [2]richézza carità povero share God’s mercy. partecipáre Dio misericordia. A man that has wit, and no behaviour, is despicable. uómo spírito condótta sprezzábile. I have scholars who have sense, and are diligent; but I have others who scoláro giudizio éssere diligénte altro che are dull, and very idle. ottusi pigro. If you have good manners, civility and complaisance, you will be loved avére buóno maniera civiltà compiacénza éssere amáto by every body. tutto. [1] _Benchè_ governs the subjunctive mood. [2] See _Gram._ p. 211, on the articles _del_, _dello_, _della_, &c. _Sometimes the Verb avére is used instead of éssere, especially when we speak of cold, heat, hunger, thirst, or of the age of any one._ I was very cold when I came, but am very warm now. avére freddo veníre avére caldo adesso. You eat as if you were not hungry. mangiáre come se avére fame. I beg your pardon, I eat heartily; for I was very hungry. domandáre perdóno mangiáre di buón gusto avére molto appetito. Are you not thirsty yet? avére sete ancóra? Yes, sir, I am very thirsty, but I won’t drink yet; for if I drink si, signóre avére gran sete ma volére bere ancóra se bevére when I am hungry, it prevents me from eating. quando avére fame impedíre mangiáre. How old is your uncle? quanto anno avére zio? He is not yet seventy years old. avére ancóra settánta anno. You surprise me, I thought he was eighty. sorpréndere crédere avére ottánta. And you, sir, how old are you? e signóre anno avére? I am not twenty yet. avére venti ancóra. On the Verb Substantive _éssere_. _The Verb Substantive éssere requires the following noun in the Nominative Case._ Our master is diligent; but I have been hitherto very idle; nostro maestro éssere diligénte éssere stato sinóra pigro I have done as the drones. avére fatto come cacchióne. I have lost my parents’ love, who always provided all avére pérdere genitóre affetto che mi hanno sempre forníre things necessary for me: I have been unworthy of their care; but I will tutto necessário éssere stato indégno cura ma volére deserve to be called the most diligent of all our scholars meritáre éssere chiamáre diligénte tutto scoláro for the time to come. all’avveníre. The lion is accounted the most generous of animals, because he is more leóne passáre per generóso animale perchè placable than the others. placábile altro. The sanguinary minds of some men are more barbarous than wild beasts. sanguinário animo uómo éssere barbaro fíera Man is a creature of upright body: when he is old, his body bends Uómo creatúra dritto corpo quando vécchio corpo inchinársi towards the earth; and his soul ascends to heaven, which is his verso terra ánima ascéndere ciélo habitation for ever. dimóra. How are you this morning? I am very well, thank you. come stare mattína? stare beníssimo grazie. How do your father and mother do? [1]stare padre madre I hope my father is well. He was well the last time I saw him, but speráre padre stare bene último volta vedére ma my mother has not been well these two or three days. madre éssere stato bene [2] due tre giórno And how are you, sir? stare signóre? I should be well enough, if I had money. stare ene abbastanza [3]se avére danáro. I hope your lady is well. speráre signóra stare bene. She is perfectly well, at your service. stare perfettaménte bene servízio. I am very glad to hear she is so well. rallegrársi sentíre stare così bene. What weather is it to-day, I wish to know? [4] tempo fare oggi [5]volére sapére? It is the finest weather in the world. bello mondo. Is it hotter in Spain than in Italy? fare caldo Spagna Itália? It is hotter there in summer, but it is very cold in winter. fare estáte ma fare freddo inverno. If it is fine weather to-morrow, we will go in the country. fare bello tempo dománi andáre campágna. I believe it will not be fine weather, for it is very dark crédere fare bello tempo perchè oscúro to-night. questa séra. [1] When we inquire after any one’s health, we make use of the verb _stare_, instead of _fare_. [2] These two or three days, _i. e. da due o tre giorni in quà_. [3] If I had money, _Se avessi danari_, and not _avevo_. [4] When we speak of the weather, we use the third person singular of the verb _fare_, instead of the verb _éssere_. [5] Use the optative mood, and say, _vorrei_. Personal Verbs governing a Genitive Case. _The Verb aver pietà governs the Genitive._ I have no pity on the misery of those, who being young and strong, avére pietà della miséria éssere gióvine forte love better to beg from door to door, than to work for their bread; amáre accattáre porta in che lavoráre per guadagnarsi pane but I pity much the blind, and old people, who are incapable of doing ma avére pietà ciéco i vecchi éssere incapáce fare any thing for their living. alcuna cosa vitto. I pity my brother, I pity his folly, for he has wasted all avére pietà fratéllo pazzia perchè dilapidáre tutto the fortune my father left him. patrimonio padre lasciáre. _The verb burlarsi governs the Genitive._ Men are often inclined to laugh at others’ misfortunes, uómo éssere spesso inclináto burlársi di altri disgrázia instead of having pity on them. in vece di avére pietà. Those who call themselves Christians, and do not live according to quello che chiamársi Cristiáno non vívere secóndo their religion, mock God and his doctrine. religióne burlársi Iddío dottrína. Do not jeer at others’ poverty, for you do not know how long burlársi altro povertà non sapére quanto tempo fortune will be favourable to you; and if you should become poor, fortúna éssere favorévole e se diventáre póvero every one would laugh at you. ognúno rídersi di. It is a great mark of folly to laugh at every thing. éssere grande segno pazzía ridére di tutto. _The verb pentirsi governs the Genitive._ If you repent sincerely for the fault you have committed, God will se pentírsi sinceraménte colpa avére commésso Iddío forgive you; for he does not love the death of a sinner, but he perdonáre perchè amáre morte peccátore will have him to repent of his sins. volére pentírsi peccáto. It is not enough to say, I repent of my ill conduct, and of my bad life, non bastáre dire pentírsi cattívo condótta mala vita if you do not shew the effects of your repentance by a new and se mostráre effétto pentiménto nuóvo better life. migliór vita. _The verb rallegrarsi governs the Genitive._ A good Christian ought never to rejoice at others’ misfortunes. buóno Cristiáno dovére mai rallegrársi altro disgrázia. I rejoice at the good success you had in your business. rallegrársi buóno riuscíta avére affare. Come and rejoice with me at the good news I received to-day. veníre meco buóno nuóva ricévere oggi. How will you have me rejoice at a thing I do not know? come volére rallegrársi cosa non sapére? Tell me first of all what news I must rejoice at. dire avanti ogni cosa nuóva dovére rallegrársi. _The verb ricordársi governs the Genitive._ Do you remember the promise you made me yesterday? ricordársi proméssa fare jéri? I do not remember it at all. Do you not remember the sum of money non ricordársi affatto somma danáro you said you would lend me? dire prestáre? I assure you I had forgotten it, I remember it very well now. assicuráre avére scordáto ricordársi beníssimo adésso. _The verb languíre requires a Genitive case._ He who languishes with thirst, gives greater thanks to the man who quello languíre di sete réndere grande grázia offers him water, than if a prince gave him a crown. offeríre acqua che se príncipe dare coróna. The man who languishes for love ought to be pitied. uómo languíre amóre dovére compiánto. _The verbs obbedíre and disobbedíre require a Dative._ We ought not only to obey our parents, but also our superiors, dovére non solo obbedíre genitori ma anche superióre if we would obey God’s commands. se volére obbedíre comandaménto. One sees very seldom a child prosper in this world, who does not si vedére raraménte figliuólo prosperáre mondo obey his father and mother. obbedíre padre madre. When God commanded Abraham to sacrifice Isaac, his only son, he quando Iddío comandáre Abramo sacrificáre Isácco único figlio immediately obeyed the Lord’s voice; but the angel of the Lord did not súbito obbedíre Signóre voce ma ángelo Signóre permit him to slay the child, and told him his obedience perméttere uccídere fanciullo dire obbediénza had been agreeable to God. éssere stato grato Dio. _The verb parláre will have a Dative Case of the Person._ God speaks to sinners sometimes most gently, that he may draw them Iddío parláre peccatóre qualche volta benignamente affine di trárre to obedience; he speaks to them of the blessed life which he has obbediénza parláre beáta vita avére prepared for his servants; sometimes he speaks to them of the abyss preparáto servo qualche volta parláre abísso which shall be the reward of sin; yet his promises and threatenings éssere mercéde peccáto pure proméssa mináccia move not stubborn minds. muóvere ostináto mente. _The verbs preténdere and aspiráre govern the Dative Case._ All those who call themselves Christians pretend to everlasting life; tutto quello chiamársi Cristiáno preténdere etérno vita but few are they that would suffer the least thing to deserve it; but ma pochi sono soffríre minimo cosa meritáre if it is a point to aspire to some employment, or dignity, se si tratta aspiráre qualche impiégo dignità there is none but would suffer a great deal of fatigue, labour, and non vi è nissúno che non sopporti molto fatíca lavóro pain to obtain it. pena _The verb giuocáre (when one speaks of all sorts of games) governs the Dative Case._ I do not love to play at games of chances, as at cards, or at dice, but amáre giuocáre giuóco azzardo come carta dadi ma I love to play sometimes at bowls, at billiards, at tennis, or amáre giuocáre qualche volta bocce bigliárdo pallacórda o at nine-pins. birilli. Do you never play at cards, at chess, or draughts? mai giuocáre carte scacchi dama? I play sometimes at piquet to please the company. giuocáre picchétto far piacére compagnía. Verbs governing an Accusative Case of the Person, and a Genitive of the Thing. _The verbs accusáre, biasimáre, avvertíre, and assólvere, will have the Accusative of the Person, and the Genitive of the Thing._ One boy accuses another of idleness; the master hears their tales, ragázzo accusáre altro pigrízia maéstro sentíre stória but punishes him only whom he thinks guilty, and deserving of ma puníre solaménte quello crédere colpévole degno punishment. castígo. Every one blames you for your negligence and ignorance. tutti biasimáre negligénza ignoránza. I often admonished you of your duty; if you do not improve spesso avvertíre vostro dovére se profittáre as well as others, it is not my fault. come altro non è colpa. When a judge acquits a man of a crime he is guilty of, if he quando giúdice assólvere uno delítto reo se commits again the same fault, he deserves a double punishment. comméttere di nuovo stesso fallo merita dóppio castígo. _The verb condannáre governs the Accusative of the Person, and the Genitive of the Thing; but when it signifies to condemn to death, the name of the punishment ought to be put in the Dative Case._ Every one condemns you very much for the action you committed ogn’ uno condannáre molto azióne comméttere the other day. altro giórno. During the persecution in France, many brave gentlemen were condemned, nel tempo della persecuzióne Fráncia molto bravo cavaliére condannáre some to the gallows, and some to the galleys, for the defence of their forca[1] galéra difésa religion. religióne. [1] Nouns ending in _ca_ and _ga_, make _che_ and _ghe_ in the plural, as _forca_, _forche_; _pága_, _paghe_. _The verb ottenére will have an Accusative of the Thing, and an Ablative of the Person._ A scholar who obtains his master’s favour is more happy than he who is scoláro ottenére maéstro favóre più felíce idle, who loses his honour, wastes his time, and continues pigro pérdere onóre consumáre tempo continuáre a blockhead, though play be pleasant to him for a little while. ad éssere sciocco benchè giuóco éssere piacévole poco. Verbs governing an Accusative Case of the Dative. _The verbs invitáre, esortáre, will have an Accusative of the Person, and a Dative of the Thing._ God invites sinners to eternal happiness, he calls them to repentance, Iddio invitáre peccatóre etérno felicità chiamáre pentiménto he speaks most graciously to them. parláre benignaménte He has prepared for penitent sinners all that belongs to blessedness, preparáre peniténte peccatóre tutto appartenére felicità all that they can desire. tutto potére bramáre. Remember your master’s words; he exhorts you to industry, which is ricordársi maéstro paróla esortáre indústria éssere beneficial to yourselves; your pains shall produce a great advantage; vantaggióso lavóro prodúrre grande vantággio he uses his best endeavours for your benefit; be not your own fare ogni suo sforzo utile éssere di voi stessi enemies. nemíco. _Paragonáre requires an Accusative of the first Noun, (either of the Person or of the Thing) and the other in the Dative._ If we compare the longest life to eternity, it is very short. se paragonáre lungo vita eternità corto. If we compare the happiest condition of this world to everlasting life, comparáre felíce condizióne mondo etérno vita it is miserable, and not worthy our desire. If we compare the number of miserábile indegno desidério paragonáre número good men to the multitude of wicked, it is small. buóno moltitúdine malvágio píccolo. _Dare and restituíre will have an Accusative of the Thing, and a Dative of the Person._ I will soon give my mother the money she entrusted me with. presto dare madre danáro confidáre God will give a reward to those men who please him, and to those whom Iddío dare mercéde quello piacére quello che he has set up governors of the world. avére costituíto governatóre mondo. I returned my master the book which I borrowed; he lent it to me, restituíre maéstro libro prender ad impréstito prestáre and it was my duty to read it, and not to keep it; though books éssere dovére léggere tenére benchè[1] libro delight me very much, I ought to restore them to those whom piacére moltíssimo dovére restituíre quello cui they belong to. appartenére. [1] _Benchè_ governs the subjunctive mood. See _Gram._ p. 209. _These verbs dovére, prométtere, and pagáre, will have an Accusative of the Thing, and a Dative of the Person._ I owe him money, because I promised to pay him another man’s debt; dovére danáro perchè prométtere pagáre altro débito but at present I have myself need of money, that I may pay what ma adésso avére io stesso bisógno danáro pagáre I owe to my creditors. dovére creditóre. When will you pay me what you owe me? quando volére pagáre dovére? I promise you I will pay it to you next week. prométtere pagáre próssimo settimána. _Insegnáre requires an Accusative of the Thing, and a Dative of the Person._ I have been twelve years in this country, during which time I have had [1]éssere stato dódici anno paése nel quale tempo avére avúto the honour of teaching several ladies and gentlemen the Italian language. onóre insegnáre molta signóra signóre Italiáno Masters ought to teach children not only the things which concern maéstro dovére insegnáre ragázzo non solaménte cosa risguardáre science; but they ought also to teach them things which concern their sciénza ma dovére anche insegnáre cosa risguardáre soul and their salvation: for science without religion is an ánima salvazióne perchè scienza unprofitable thing. inutile. [1] I have been twelve years in this country; render, _Sono dódici anni che sto in questo paése_. Of the construction of the Infinitive, with the preposition _di_. _When after the verbs astenérsi, consideráre, and avvertíre, there follows an Infinitive, it ought to be put with the Preposition di._ Rash men often propose to do things which are above their capacity. temerário uómo spesso propórsi fare cosa éssere superióre capacità A man that abstains from eating and drinking to excess, from swearing, uómo astenérsi mangiáre bere all’eccésso bestemmiáre and keeping bad company, may be called an honest man. frequentáre compagnía potere chiamáre onésto uómo. I thought of going this morning to see Mr. ---- but a friend pensáre andáre questa mattina vedére il Signór ---- ma amíco of mine advised me not to go there. consigliáre andáre. I had a mind to advise you not to keep company with that man who brought avére voglia consigliáre andáre compagnía uómo causáre this trouble upon you; but I since resolved to say nothing about it, disturbo ma poi risolvérsi dire niente for fear of disobliging you. per timóre dispiacére. _The verbs supplicáre, consigliáre, incaricársi, and costríngere, will have an Infinitive with the Preposition di._ I have a mind to compel Mr. ---- to pay me the money he owes me; avére vóglia costríngere il Signor ---- pagáre danáro dovére nevertheless I should be very glad not to put him to trouble, because nulladimeno avére a caro non dare briga perchè he has always been my friend: what do you advise me to do in this case? éssere sempre stato amíco consigliáre fare caso? I beg of you to have a little patience; I take the charge pregáre avére paziénza incaricársi to get you your money. ricuperáre danáro. _The verbs proibíre, desideráre, differíre, procuráre, impedíre, speráre, fíngere, affrettársi, require also an Infinitive with the Preposition di._ God forbids us to sin, nevertheless we never desist from offending him, Iddío proibíre peccáre nulladiméno mai desístere offéndere we always defer obeying his voice; we seem to strive to disobey him sempre differíre obbedíre voce parére procuráre disobbedíre in every thing. If we hope to share in the merits of our blessed ogni cosa speráre avére parte mérito beáto Saviour’s sufferings, let nothing hinder us from beginning this day Salvatóre patimenti niénte impedíre principiáre oggi to use all our endeavours to deserve it; let us make haste to begin fare tutto sforzo meritáre affrettársi principiáre the great work of our salvation; let us not feign to be converted, grande ópera salvazióne fíngere éssere convertíto but let us convert ourselves in good earnest, for nobody convertíre da davvéro nessúno can deceive God. potére ingannáre _The verbs meditáre, parláre, perméttere, prométtere, propórre, presúmere, preténdere, protestáre, rifiutáre, risólvere, auguráre, will also have an Infinitive with the Preposition di, after them._ Never meditate to do any wrong to your neighbour. When you speak mai meditáre fare torto próssimo quando parláre of undertaking some great thing, permit me to tell you, that you ought intrapréndere grande cosa perméttere dire dovére to consult your friends before you begin it. amíco prima cominciáre. Never promise to do any thing, unless you are sure to do it. mai prométtere fare cosa se non éssere sicúro fáre. Never presume to have more understanding than those who have the care presúmere avére intendiménto che quello cura of your conduct. condótta. Do not pretend ever to prosper in this world, if you have not the preténdere mai prosperáre mondo se avére fear of God. timóre Dio. If you protest to God with an humble and sincere heart to amend your protestáre úmile sincéro cuóre emendáre life, he will receive you among his children. vita ricévere fra figliuólo. Never refuse to do a good office to your friends, when it is in your rifiutáre réndere servízio amíco power. potére. Do you desire to pass for an honest man? Endeavour to do all you can desideráre passáre galántuómo procuráre fare tutto potére to oblige every body. obbligáre chicchessia. _When there follows after the Verb avére either of these substantives permissióne, desidério, vóglia, cura, costúme, bisógno, motivo, ragióne, torto, dritto, occasióne, the following Verb must be put in the Infinitive with the Preposition di._ I believe you have a mind to play; but I will not give you leave crédere avére vóglia giuocáre ma volére dare permissióne to go out till you have done your exercise. You are in the right, sir, uscíre [1]finchè avére fare esercízio [2] ragióne signóre to forbid me to go out, and I am in the wrong to desire it--I have no proibirmi d’andar fuori [3] torto desideráre cause to be angry with you, for it is not your custom to be idle. motivo éssere cóllera éssere costúme pigro. [1] _Finchè_ governs the subjunctive mood. [2] You are in the right, sir, _Ella ha ragióne_. [3] I am in the wrong, sir, _ho torto_. _When a Verb is followed by l’opportunità, l’occasione, il tempo, il mezzo, la volontà, il cuóre, il potére, l’autorità, that Verb ought to be put in the Infinitive with the Preposition di._ When I have an opportunity to see your father, I will tell him how much quando [1]avére occasione vedére padre dire quanto you deserve to be praised for your uncommon diligence. meritáre éssere lodáto straordinário diligénza. Whilst we have it in our power to acquire knowledge, let us improve mentre [2]avére potére acquistáre cognizióne profittáre such precious opportunity. tale prezióso opportunità. I wonder how men have the heart to hate one another. maravigliársi uómo avére cuóre odiársi gli uni gli altri. God has given to kings power to command, and to judges authority Iddio dáre Re potére comandáre giúdice autorità to judge. giudicáre. [1] _I have_, put it in the future, and say, _avrò_. [2] _We have it_, is changed into _it is_ for the Italian idiom. _When after the Verb substantive éssere there follows either of these nouns conténto, obbligáto, in pena, sul punto, in perícolo, the following Verb is to be put in the Infinitive with the Preposition di._ I am very glad to hear that you overcame your enemies, and I éssere conténto sentíre víncere nemíco should have been sorry to have heard the contrary. [1]rincréscere sentire contrário. I return you many thanks for your friendship, for I was in danger of réndere molto grázia amicízia perchè éssere in perícolo losing my suit. pérdere lite. I was anxious to know what had happened to you; and if you had not come, ansióso sapére succédere se éssere veníre I was on the point of going to see you. éssere sul punto venire vedére. [1] I should have been sorry; _mi sarébbe rincresciúto_. _The Verbs avvezzársi, impiegáre, incoraggíre, eccitáre, invitáre, esibírsi, dilettársi, tenérsi pronto, lavoráre, will have after them an Infinitive with the Preposition a, or ad before a vowel._ We ought to employ the days of our life in preparing ourselves for dovere impiegáre giórno vita preparársi the other world. altro mondo. Masters who use mildness in teaching their scholars, encourage them more maéstro usáre dolcézza insegnáre scoláro incoraggíre to learn well than those who use too much severity. An honest man imparáre bene usáre troppo severità onésto uómo takes always pleasure in obliging his friends. dilettársi sempre favorire amíco. The love of God invites us to love one another. amóre Dío invitáre amáre Let us keep ourselves in readiness to appear before the living God. tenérsi pronto comparíre innánzi vivénte Dío. Let us labour continually to obtain eternal life. lavoráre continuaménte ottenére etérna vita. _When vi è, or v’è, precedes the Adverb niénte, the next Verb must be in the Infinitive with the Preposition da, or a._ There is nothing to fear in serving God. non vi è niénte temére [1]servíre Iddío. There is nothing to say to what you have done. non v’è niénte dire avére fatto. There is nothing to do in that at present. niénte fare adésso. There is nothing so easy to learn as the Italian language. niénte così fácile imparáre Italiáno lingua. [1] In serving God, _nel servíre Iddío_. _When an Adverb of quantity follows v’è, it requires an Infinitive with the Preposition a, or da._ There is a great deal of satisfaction in teaching diligent boys, but v’è gran [1]soddisfazióne insegnáre diligénte ragázzo there is a great deal of trouble in instructing idle scholars. gran incomodo istruíre pigro scoláro. There is a great deal to say against the conduct of wicked people; but v’è molto dire contro condótta malvágio gente there is nothing to say against the conduct of honest people. non v’è niénte dire contro condótta onésto gente. [1] See _Gram._ p. 210, _a great deal of_. On the ENGLISH PARTICIPLE in ING. _When the English Participle in ing comes after a Verb of motion with the Preposition a before it, we use the corresponding substantive, instead of the Verb, though sometimes the latter._ He who goes a hunting or visiting his friends, when business requires quello che andáre caccia [1] visitáre amíco quando affáre richiédere his care and time, shows by his conduct that he prefers his diversion cura tempo mostráre condótta [2]preferíre divertiménto before his profit, the company of his friends before the advantage profítto compagnía amíco vantággio of his family. famíglia. The boy who goes a playing with his school-fellows, when he ought ragázzo andáre giuocáre condiscepolo quando dovére to be diligently employed at the task his master gave him, evinces, éssere diligéntemente intórno a lavoro maéstro assegnare prováre by his neglect, that he prefers play to his master’s love, and his own negligénza preferíre giuóco maéstro affétto profit. profítto. [1] Ibid. p. 201, on _verbs of motion_. [2] _Preferisce il divertimento al profitto, la compagnia degli amici al, &c._ _The English Participle in ing, after from, must be put in Italian in the Infinitive with the Preposition di._ The providence of God keeps us from perishing; the power of God hinders provvidenza Dio impedíre períre poténza Dio impedíre us from doing those things which displease him; the grace of God fare cosa dispiacére grazia Dio prevents us from sinning; the goodness of God preserves us from impedíre peccáre bontà preserváre suffering afflictions. soffríre afflizióne. _The English Participle in ing after a Verb importing to cease, to leave, or to go over, must be rendered in Italian by the Infinitive mood with the Preposition di._ He who leaves off doing praise-worthy actions, and plunges into quello che cessáre fare lodévole azióne immergérsi vice, was never truly good. vízio éssere mai veraménte buono. A wise man never leaves off learning whilst he lives; for he who has sávio uómo mai tralasciáre imparáre finchè vivere perchè è dotato great wisdom, has still need of more knowledge. di grande sapere ancora bisógno maggiore conoscènza. _When the Participle in ing follows the auxiliary Verb to be, this verb must be left out, and the Italian Verb that represents the Participle, must be put in the same tense, number, and person as the auxiliary is._ A diligent boy is always learning, not only while the master diligénte ragázzo sempre studiare non solaménte mentre maéstro is instructing, but also while other boys are playing. istruíre ma anche altro ragázzo giuocáre. Apelles was daily drawing some excellent pictures with wonderful art; Apélle ogni giórno dipingere eccellénte pittúra maraviglióso arte no day passed without a line. nessúno giórno passáre senza linéa. Those who do not employ their time well in the beginning of their lives, impiegáre bene tempo [1] princípio vita will be perpetually lamenting their folly; they will be incessantly perpetuamente piangere pazzia ad ogni moménto condemning themselves, and saying, Ah! at what a price would not I condannársi díre Ah! prezzo purchase the time past! compráre tempo passato! [1] In the beginning of their lives; _i. e._ _nella loro gioventù_. Of the PARTICIPLE past. _When one of these Pronouns che, il, lo, la, &c. meets before the compound tenses, the Pronoun ought to agree with the Participle in gender and number._ I received the books which my brother sent me; I read them all, ricévere libro fratéllo mandáre léggere tutto they are very good, and well written. éssere buóno bene scrítto. The letter which my father wrote to me is very severe; I showed it to léttera padre scrivere éssere sevéro mostráre my mother, and she is very sorry for it. madre [1] dispiacére. [1] She is very sorry for it; _glíene dispiáce moltíssimo_. _When these Pronouns, mio, me, te, noi, voi, &c. are the case of the Verb, they must agree with the Participle in gender and in number._ My dear friends, I have always loved you like my children, I have often caro amíco avére sempre amáto come figlio avére spesso admonished you for your own good; I have several times exhorted you to ammoníre proprio bene spesse volte esortáre practise virtue; if you are not truly virtuous, it is not my fault. praticáre virtù se veraménte virtuóso éssere colpa. I met your brother this morning, we embraced one another like good incontráre fratéllo mattína abbracciársi da buóno friends, and I rejoice that we are reconciled. amíco rallegrársi riconciliársi. The books which I have seen you reading are not good. libro avére vedére léggere buóno. These are all the copies which you have given me to write. ecco tutto cópia avére dare scrívere. Your brothers have done quite the contrary of what I had advised fratéllo fare tutto contrário avére consigliáre them to do. fare. On ADVERBS. [See GRAM. p. 209.] _Adverbs are generally put after the Verb, and in compound tenses between the Verb and the Participle._ It is a lamentable thing to see youths with much wit, and a good doloroso cosa vedére gióvane di molto spirito buóno disposition to learn, take but little pains to answer the expectations disposizióne imparáre pigliáre poco pena [1] rispóndere aspettazióne of their parents. genitori. [1] _Rispondere_ governs the dative case of the thing. _Adverbs of Interrogation must always be put before the Verb._ Where did you come from? Why did you not stay for me? da dove veníre perchè aspettáre? When will you have done laughing at your friends? quando cessáre burláre amíco? Why did you say, I had promised you to go in the country? perchè dire promettere andáre campágna? Where is your father? Is he in town? dove padre éssere città? Where did you buy this fine horse? compráre bello cavállo? I bought it at the last country fair. compráre último campágna fiéra. Where are the ladies your sisters? éssere signóra sorélla? I believe they are gone out to take an airing. crédere éssere uscíto pigliar aria. Whither are you going so fast? You are in great haste. andáre così avére gran fretta. I go to Mr. Clement’s house, for I heard my brother is there, and andáre dal signóre Cleménte[1] perchè sentíre fratéllo I have some business with him. avére qualche cosa da fare con lui. You are mistaken, he is not there; for I met him just now, and he ingannársi éssere là incontráre un momento fa told me he was going to his sister’s house. dire andáre sorélla. I was going to your house; but since I met you, we will go to my house, andáre ma giacchè incontráre andáre where we shall dine. dove pranzáre. I beg you will excuse me, indeed I cannot; for I must go to pregáre scusáre in verità non potére bisógno andáre my lady Arabella’s, to pay a visit to her children. signóra Arabélla fare vísita figlio. They are not at home, for I saw them going into the park. éssere casa perchè vedere andáre parco. Let us go then and see if your brothers are at home. andáre dunque vedére se fratéllo casa. They are not, I know they are gone a hunting. éssere sapére éssere andáto cáccia. What is the matter with you, sir? You seem to be grieved. cosa ha signóre parére essere afflítto. O no, sir, I am not, but I come from Mr. Vincent’s, who is very non sono afflítto veníre Vincenzo ill. ammaláto. You surprise me, for as I was coming from my house, I met his brother, sorprendere perchè veníre casa incontráre fratéllo who did not mention it to me. parlare Do you know from whence he was coming, when you met him? sapére di dove veníre quando incontráre? I believe he was coming from his own house. crédere veníre casa. Can you tell me where he is gone? potére dire dove éssere andáto? I was assured that he is set out for his uncle’s country-house. éssere assicuráto éssere partito zio casa di campágna. Which way did you pass, in your way to Italy? per dove passáre quando andáre Itália? I passed by Rouen, Paris, Orleans and Lyons. passáre Roano Parígi Orleáno Lióne. Which way did you come back to England? per dove tornáre Inghilterra? I returned by Germany and Holland. ritornáre Germánia Olánda. [1] _At_, or _to_, before _house_ or _home_, must be rendered by _da_, _dal_, or _in casa_. See _Gram._ p. 209. On PREPOSITIONS. [See GRAM. p. 209.] _These Prepositions di diétro, vicíno, intórno, dirimpétto, infíno, will have a Dative after them._ Sir, if I knew where you live, signóre [1]se sapére dove stare di casa I would take the liberty to go and pay you a visit. pigliáre libertà [2]veníre fare vísita. Sir, you would give yourself too much trouble; however, if you do me dare troppo incómodo però se fare that favour, you shall be very welcome; I live near the Temple, favóre éssere il benvenúto stare vicíno Témpio opposite Chancery-lane. dirimpétto I believe my best way to go to your house crédere che la miglior strada che possa fare per veníre da voi is to pass by London-bridge. You are in the right, sir, since sia di passáre Londra ponte avére ragióne giacchè you live behind the Tower. stare di diétro Torre. A poor labourer that works from morning till night (when he is póvero lavoránte travaglíare mattína infíno sera quando éssere well paid for his labour) lives more content and satisfied, than those bene pagáto lavóro vívere conténto sodisfátto who have great riches. avére gran richézza. He who shall be constant even to death, shall have the crown of glory. éssere costánte infíno morte avére coróna glória. [1] See _Gram._ p. 202, on _se_ before a preterimperfect. [2] Ibid. p. 203, when we use _veníre_ instead of _andare_. On CONJUNCTIONS which require the SUBJUNCTIVE after them. [See GRAM. p. 204.] _The following Conjunctions prima che, acciocchè, finchè, per paura che, sin che, benchè, purchè, a meno che, Iddío voglia che, require the Subjunctive after them._ You will speak Italian well, provided you take pains; I tell you so, parláre Italiáno bene purchè darsi pena dire that you may take courage, and learn well. acciochè pigliáre corággio imparáre bene. I remember I told you several times that you will never write Italian ricordársi dire parécchie volte mai scrívere Italiáno correctly, unless you study the rules. correttaménte a meno che studiáre regola. I will take so much pains, that I hope I shall write it well before darsi pena sperare scrívere prima next summer. próssimo state. You will soon perceive the effects of it, provided you follow my présto accorgérsi effétto purchè seguíre directions, though you think the Italian tongue is very difficult. suggerimento benchè sembrare Italiáno lingua éssere diffícile. Please God it may be as you say; for it would be a great piáccia Iddío éssere come dire perchè éssere grande satisfaction to me. soddisfazióne I esteem a man very unhappy that has not the fear of God, though he stimáre uno molto infelíce avére timóre Iddío benchè should possess all the treasures in the world, even though he should possédere tutto tesóro mondo benchè have all the other fine qualities that can make a man perfect. avére altro bello qualità potére réndere úno perfetto. I always praised you very much before you became so idle; and I told you sempre lodáre molto prima che diveníre pigro dire several times that you would lose the good opinion every one had of you, più volte pérdere buóno opinióne tutto avére unless you should be as diligent and careful as you were before. a meno che éssere diligénte premuróso éssere prima. When I corrected you for your faults, it was not because I did not love quando corréggere colpa éssere perchè amáre you; on the contrary, it was to the end that you should employ your al contrário éssere acciocchè impiegáre time well, and that you should be more diligent than you are now. témpo éssere più diligénte adesso. Though you began to learn Italian before me, I hope I shall speak it benchè principiáre imparáre Italiáno prima di me speráre parláre soon as well as you. presto bene quanto voi. I do not believe so, unless you have learned all the rules of the crédere a meno che avére tutto régola grammar. grammática. Though I did not learn them, yet I will take so much pains, that what benchè imparáre pure pigliáre tanto pena I told you will prove true. dire éssere vero. It will be some time before you have read them. vi vorrà del tempo prima che léggere. Would to God I had known you sooner, I should speak Italian well now: volésse Iddío conóscere parláre Italiáno bene ora and although I had learned when I was young, yet I knew but very little benchè imparáre éssere gióvine sapére pochíssimo of it, when I began with you. quando principiáre. Perhaps it was not your master’s fault; for before I composed my forse éssere maéstro colpa prima che compórre grammar, I found but few that would learn grammatically. grammática trováre poco imparáre grammaticalménte. It is true I had a very good master, and if I had believed him, I should vero avére buóno maéstro se avére crédere have learned by rules, but I found them too tedious; and would to avére imparáto per principj ma trováre troppo nojóso volésse Heaven I had followed his advice, for I have a great desire Cielo avére seguito consíglio perchè avére gran voglia to speak Italian. parláre Italiáno. _Some Verbs signifying will, desire, leave, or fear, will have the Conjunction che after them, and the following Verb in the Subjunctive._ I will leave you to do that. lasciáre fare. I wish you may be as honest as your father. desideráre éssere onésto padre. I ordered dinner to be ready immediately. ordináre pranzo éssere pronto subito. That must be done quickly. bisógna fare presto. God permitted it should happen. Iddío perméttere succédere. I am afraid you were mistaken. avére paura ingannársi. _We express the two Anglicisms this day se’nnight, this day fortnight, by d’oggi a otto, d’oggi a quindici._ I believe I shall go into the country this day se’nnight, but I hope crédere andáre campágna d’oggi a otto speráre I shall come back this day fortnight. ritornáre d’oggi a quíndici. I am sure that when once you are there, you will not return éssere sicúro quando una volta éssere tornáre so soon to town. così présto città. I give you my word that this day fortnight I will come to see you. dare paróla d’oggi a quíndici veníre vedére. When will your brother go to Germany? quando fratéllo andáre Germánia? He expects to go this day se’nnight, if it is fine weather. contare andáre d’oggi a otto se fare bel tempo. _The word people, when taken generally for the people of a whole country, is expressed in Italian by the word gente._ The French had the name of being the most civil people in the world. Francése avére riputazióne éssere civíle gente mondo. I should not like to live among the Spaniards, for they are very jealous amáre vívere fra Spagnuólo perchè éssere gelóso people; but I should never be tired of living among the English, for I gente ma éssere mai stanco vívere fra Inglése perchè believe they are the most civil, the most courteous, and the most crédere éssere civíle cortése obliging people in the world. obbligánte gente mondo. _When the word people signifies subjects, it is expressed in Italian by the word pópolo._ A good prince should prefer the happiness of his people to his own. buóno príncipe preferíre felicità pópolo Happy are the people who have a good prince to govern them. felíce pópolo avére buón governáre. On the PARTICLE _si_, _it is_, _they_, _one_, &c. [See GRAM. p. 211.] _The Particle si is always put before a Verb, and the Verb must be impersonal._ I was told that you speak Italian very well. dire parláre Italiáno benissimo. They do me more honour than I deserve; I wish it were true. fare onóre meritáre volére vero. They say you are going to be married. dire stare per maritársi. They say so, indeed; but they are much mistaken. dire così in verità ma molto ingannársi. I was assured that the lady’s father and your’s had concluded the assicuráre [1]signóra padre conchiúdere articles of marriage. articólo matrimónio. If they say so, it is without any foundation. se dire così senza alcúno fondaménto. I am very glad to see you, for I was told you were gone to France. rallegrársi vedére perchè dire Fráncia. Pray who told you such a falsehood? No matter; and we were also told, di grazia dire tale falsità non impórta éssere detto you were to go to Italy. andáre Itália. [1] The lady’s father and your’s, _vostro padre e quello della signora_. _The Verb to use in English, signifies in Italian servírsi, assuefársi, accostumársi; when it signifies servírsi, it is commonly followed by a Noun, but otherwise it is followed by a Verb._ He who forgets those things which he desires to remember, must dimenticare cosa desideráre ricordársi dovére use helps to cultivate his memory, or use the greatest diligence and servírsi ajúto coltiváre memória o grande diligénza attention when he is reading, that he may retain profitable attenzióne quando léggere ritenére profittévole instructions; for when they have once slipt out of the memory, istruzióne perchè quando éssere una volta uscíto memória there is need of fresh reading to recall them. bisognáre nuóva lettúra richiamáre. All men desire riches, but all do not use riches rightly; tutto uómo desideráre ricchézze ma tutto non ne usano bene when they are come to honours and wealth, they are still greedy quando avére acquistato onóre opulénza ancóra avído to heap up more. He who desires nothing, wants nothing: it is a accumuláre desideráre niente avér bisógno wise man’s part to restrain his desires. sávio uómo dovére moderáre desidério. _The Impersonal Verb impórta, requires a Dative Case._ It much concerns young people to avoid bad company, as they would molto impórta gioventù schiváre cattívo compagnía come beware of the plague; it is more hurtful to the mind, than the most guardársi peste nuocévole spirito contagious disease to the body. contagióso malattía corpo. It concerns me, and all men to look to ourselves; the world is full of impórta tutto badáre mondo piéno knaves and knavery. It is hard to be known, and he is hard to be found, furbo furbéria diffícile sapére trováre who is fit to be trusted. fidársi. The greatest caution is to be used in the presence of children; grande cautéla adopráre presénza ragázzo masters must behave themselves very warily, lest scholars maéstro dovére comportársi prudentémente per timóre che scoláro learn evil of them; and it greatly concerns boys to imitate their imparáre del male molto impórta gióvane imitáre master’s virtues. maéstro virtù. _When the word to speak, is joined with truth, it is expressed in Italian by dire._ You promised me several times you would be diligent, and that you would prométtere spesse volta éssere diligénte never keep bad company; I perceive that you do not speak always mai praticáre cattívo compagnia accorgérsi dire sempre the truth, for I met you to-day with a man whose company I forbade you. verità incontráre oggi con uómo compagnía proibíre A man who does not delight in speaking always the truth, is unworthy of uno amáre dire sempre verità indégno enjoying the society of honest people. godére società onésto gente. _When in English a period begins by these words, I wish, I would, we express them thus in Italian, vorréi potér, with the following Verb in the Infinitive Mood._ I wish I could serve you, I would do it with all my heart. potére servire fare tutto cuóre. I wish I could see your sister, I would give her something that vedére sorélla dare qualche cosa was sent to me for her. éssere mandáto I wish I could speak Italian as well as you do, it would be a great parláre Italiáno éssere grande satisfaction to me. soddisfazióne I wish I could do what you desire of me, I would not refuse it you. fare desideráre ricusáre. I wish I could be reconciled with your brother, for he is an honest man. éssere riconciliáto fratéllo perchè galantuómo. I wish I could go into the country with you, I would not return andáre campágna ritornáre soon to town, for I would visit all my friends who are there. presto città andar a visitáre tutto amíco I wish I could follow your example, I would live better than I do. seguíre esémpio meglio. _Ought and must are to be rendered in Italian by the Present of the Indicative of the Verb dovere, and are not Impersonal._ At church people ought to sit still, and not to talk. chiésa gente dovére stare quieto parláre. At saying lessons, none ought to speak but he who is appointed by the ripétere lezióne dovére parláre destináto master, whose leave ought to be asked, before the scholars betake maéstro permésso dovére domandáre prima scoláre darsi themselves to play. giuóco. The boy who is chastised on account of his slothfulness, has no cause ragázzo castigáto a cagióne infingardággine avére motivo to accuse his master of severity; he ought to blame himself, and accusáre maéstro severità dovére biasimársi resolve to shake off idleness for the future. risólvere scuotersi dalla sua pigrízia all’avveníre. The soldier must fight valiantly, that has a mind enflamed with a soldáto dovére battérsi valorosaménte avére ánima accéso desire to conquer the enemy; his arm must procure him the honour which desidério víncere nemíco braccio dovére procuráre onóre his heart wishes for; but sometimes secret stratagems and subtle cuóre desideráre ma qualche volta segréto stratagémma astúto policy defeat the most valiant warriors. política sconfíggere valoróso guerriéro. Children must be obedient to their parents; those that grieve them, figlio dovére obbedíre genitóre affliggere purchase to themselves a curse; they provoke God to deny them that attirarsi maledizióne Iddío ricusáre length of life which he has promised to the dutiful. lunghézza vita avére promésso obbediénte. _To be like, when followed by a Noun, is to be rendered in Italian by rassomigliáre, and will have a Dative Case._ Children are not always like their parents; they are sometimes figliuólo rassomigliáre sempre genitori éssere qualche volta quite different from them. differénte My brother is not like my father, who is of a mild disposition, and fratéllo rassomigliáre padre benigno índole rich in the endowments that adorn the mind, though poor in estate. ricco dote ornáre ánimo benchè póvero stato. Every man loves those who like him, and hates those who are hurtful to ognúno amáre amáre odiáre nuocévole him: nature teaches us to love our friends, but religion teaches us natúra insegnáre amáre amíco ma religióne insegnáre to love our enemies. amáre nemíco. _To be so kind, must be rendered in Italian by avére la bontà, and the following Verb is put in the Infinitive Mood, with the Preposition di._ I intreat you to be so kind as to tell me how you call that in Italian. supplicáre avére la bontà dire come chiamáre Italiáno. If you will be so kind as to grant me that favour, there is nothing se ella volére avér la bontà accordáre favóre niénte but I will do to acknowledge it. fare per mostrartene la mia riconoscenza. If your brother will be so kind as to lend me a horse for two or three fratéllo prestáre cavállo due tre days, he would oblige me infinitely. giórno obbligáre infinitaménte. I was this morning with your friend Mr. ---- and he was so kind as to éssere mattína con amíco avére offer me his purse. esibíre borsa. I hope you will be so kind as to recommend me to your friends. speráre avére raccomandáre amíco. Be so kind as to tell me when your sister will return from the country, avére dire quando sorélla ritornáre campágna for I make no doubt but she will bring me news from my uncle. dubitáre portáre nuóva zio. _The English phrase, there is nothing but, ought to be rendered in Italian by non v’è niénte che non, and it requires the following Verb to be in the Subjunctive Mood._ There is nothing but I would do to deserve the honour of your non v’è niénte fare meritáre onóre friendship. amicízia. There is nothing but what I would undertake to oblige my friends. non v’è niénte che non intrapréndere obbligáre amíco. There is nothing but what I would suffer willingly, if I were so non v’è niénte soffríre volontiéri éssere unfortunate as to have disobliged you. sfortunáto avére dispiacére. There is nothing but what an honest man ought to do, to deserve non v’è niénte galantuomo dovére meritáre every body’s esteem. tutto stima. There is nothing but what a good prince ought to do, to make niénte buóno príncipe dovére fare réndere his subjects happy. suddito felíce. _This phrase, to be as good as one’s word, must be rendered in Italian by mantenére la sua paróla._ You often promised me to do me service, but I will never believe you; spesso prométtere réndere servízio ma mai crédere it is a very dishonest thing not to be as good as one’s word; for éssere disonésto mantenere la sua paróla perchè nobody will credit you afterwards. nissúno prestare fede dopo. You have often promised me to amend your manners, but you are seldom avére sovente prométtere ammendáre costúme ma raramente as good as your word. I confess I have not been as good as my word, mantenére la sua paróla confessáre avére mantenúto la mia paróla but I promise that, for the future, I will behave better ma prométtere all’avveníre comportársi méglio than I have hitherto done. fare fin adésso. _So much as, ought to be rendered in Italian by tanto, or quanto._ Your brother seems to have had a better education than you, though I am fratéllo parére avére educazióne benchè sure your father did not spend so much money upon him as he did sicúro padre spéndere tanto upon you. If we would love God as much as He loves us, we should not offend him amáre Iddío quanto amáre offéndere so often. così spesso. If we would love our neighbour as much as we love ourselves, there would amáre prossímo quanto not be so much enmity in the world. éssere tanto nemicízia mondo. _As long as, must be rendered in Italian by finchè, or mentre che._ As _or_ so long as you are not obedient to your parents, God mentre che éssere obbediénte genitori Iddío will not bless you. benedíre. As long as you are idle, you will never learn any thing, and you will finchè éssere pigro mai imparáre niénte be ignorant while you live. éssere ignoránte finchè vívere. As long as you are rich, you will not want friends. éssere ricco mancáre amíco. As long as it is in your power to oblige your friends, do not refuse éssere potére obbligáre amíco ricusáre to do them service. réndere servízio. _I had rather, is expressed in Italian by ameréi méglio, or ameréi piuttósto._ I had rather lose some small thing, than go to law with a amáre meglio pérdere piccólo cosa andáre legge litigious man. litigióso uómo. I had rather die than disoblige you. amáre piuttósto moríre dispiacére. I had rather live all my life-time with you, than stay one day with amáre méglio vívere vita tempo stare giórno your brother. fratéllo. I had rather endure a slight injury from a friend, than to fight with soffríre piccóla ingiúria amíco battérsi him, though I would sooner die than pass for a coward. benchè moríre passáre codardo. _When we inquire for some person’s name, we make use of the Verb chiamársi._ Pray, friend, what is your name? di grazia amíco come chiamársi? My name is John Baptist. Giambattísta. What is your brother’s name? come fratéllo? His name is George Frederic Augustus. Giórgio Fedérico Augústo. What was the late king of France’s name? come defúnto re Fráncia? He was called Lewis the Sixteenth. chiamársi Luígi décimo sesto. What was the queen of France’s name? come regína Fráncia? Her name was Mary Antoinette. chiamársi Maria Antónina. What was the late regent’s name? come defúnto reggénte? He was called the duke of Orleans. chiamársi duca Orleans. _To entertain, must be rendered by trattáre._ If you will come with me into the country, I will entertain you veníre campágna trattáre very well. beníssimo. You see I do not entertain you like a stranger, but I treat you vedére trattáre da forestiére ma trattáre like a friend. da amíco. I am sure, if we were lords, you could not entertain us better. éssere sicúro gran signóre trattáre méglio. _Dipénde da voi, signifies in English, it lies in your power, it has all its tenses; and is Impersonal._ It lies in your power to be a good scholar, for you have as much wit depéndere éssere sapiénte perchè avére tanto spírito as any of your school-fellows. che qualúnque condiscépolo. It is in our power to be for ever happy. dipéndere éssere sempre félice. It is in his power to do me that service. dipéndere réndere servízio. It is in your power to go abroad; for your father told me several times dipéndere andár a viaggiáre padre dire molte volte he would be very glad to see you go on your travels. avére caro andáre a viaggiáre. It lies in their power to recommend me to their friends. dipéndere da raccomandáre amíco. _Andáre ad incóntrar uno, signifies to go and meet somebody._ Sir, I come to beg a favour of you, which I hope you will not refuse Signóre veníre domandáre favóre speráre ricusáre me. I heard your uncle will come to-morrow to town; you will oblige me intendere zio veníre dománi città obbligáre infinitely, if you will lend me your horse to go and meet him, and I moltíssimo prestáre cavállo andáre ad incóntrar assure you that I will take great care of it. assicuráre avére grande cura Sir, I am very sorry I cannot oblige you, for I must go myself rincrescere non potere servire perchè bisógna andáre to meet my wife, who is coming from the country; but any other time ad incóntrar moglie veníre campágna ma altro volta it will be at your service. éssere servízio. _We often make use of the Impersonal Verb rincréscere, when we speak of the misfortunes of others, which signifies in English, to be sorry, to be concerned; and then the following word must be in the Genitive Case._ I am sorry for the misfortune that has befallen you. rincréscere disgrázia accadére We ought to be concerned at our friend’s misfortunes. dovére rincréscere amíco sciagúre. I was very much concerned at your loss. moltíssimo rincréscere pérdita. _Mi pare mill’ anni is an Italian expression which signifies to long; we make use of it only in the present of the Indicative, and the following verb must be in the Infinitive with the Preposition di._ I long to see your father to tell him how much you deserve to be vedére padre dire quanto meritáre éssere praised for your diligence. lodáto diligenza. I long to go into the country, to settle a dispute that arose amongst my andáre campagna aggiustáre dispúta náscere fra farmers. fattóre. I long to pay what I owe you, for I do not love pagáre dovére perchè amáre to be in any body’s debt. dovére a nessúno. I long to know the Italian language perfectly well. sapére Italiáno lingua perfettaménte bene. _We often make use of avér gran voglia, for to long, and it requires the following Verb to be in the Infinitive mood._ I long to go and see Mr. George, to ask him for the money he owes me, andáre vedére Giórgio domandáre danáro dovére but I will put it off till next week, that you may go with me. ma differíre fíno próssimo settimána potére venire. I long to go to Italy, for I do not love to live in England. andáre Italia piacére vívere Inghiltérra. I long to tell you something, though I do not know how to tell it you, dire qualche cosa benchè sapére dire for fear of disobliging you. per paúra dispiacere. I long to learn Italian, and for all that I do not know what hinders me imparáre Italiáno con tutto ciò sapére impedíre from beginning. principiáre. _Degnársi is often used for to be so kind as, and requires the following verb in the Infinitive Mood._ Be so kind as to hear me a moment, and you will see that what they told degnáre sentíre moménto vedére dire you of me is a false report. éssere falso rappórto. Be so kind as to grant me that favour, and I will not degnáre accordáre favóre trouble you any more. incomodáre _Posso appéna, I can hardly, requires the following verb to be in the Infinitive Mood._ I can hardly believe what you tell me of Mr. Gregory, for I always posso appéna crédere dire signóre Gregório perchè sempre took him for a very sober honest man. crédere sobrio onésto uómo. I could hardly believe my eyes when I saw you, for I thought you potere appéna crédere ócchio quando vedére perchè pensáre were in America. éssere América. I have got such a cold, and my head is so heavy, that I can hardly éssere talmente infreddáto testa pesánte potere appéna read a word. leggere paróla. _Scarce, or hardly must likewise be expressed by appéna._ Scarce were you gone out last night, when your friend, sir William appéna éssere uscíto jéri sera che amíco cavaliére Guglielmo Henry, came to see me, and was very sorry you did not stay Enrico veníre vedere dispiacere restáre a little longer. poco più. There are men in the world who are so much used to do mischief, that they éssere uómo mondo éssere tanto avvézzo fare male are hardly out of one trouble, but they immediately fall into another. éssere appéna uscíto impáccio che súbito cadére altro. Scarce have you done a good action, but you seem to repent it; for appéna avére fatto buóno azióne parére pentírsi perchè were it not so, you would not so soon again fall into your former éssere così così presto ricadére primiéra ill courses. cattiva vita. _To have much ado, must be rendered in Italian by stentáre, and requires the following verb in the Infinitive with the Preposition a._ I had much ado yesterday to persuade your brother to stay with me; he stentáre jéri persuadére fratéllo restáre would go and sup with Mr. Horace, who came to town last night. andáre cenáre Signór Orázio veníre città jeri sera. I had much ado to make peace with your mother, she was fully stentáre fare pace madre éssere affátto resolved not to forgive you, therefore take care for the future not to risolúto perdonáre perciò badáre all’avveníre offend her any more. offéndere I had much ado to engage your uncle to pass his word for a hundred stentáre impegnáre zio passáre paróla cento pounds I owe Mr. Clement. lira dovére Cleménte. _To be quiet must be rendered in Italian by, star fermo, saldo, or chetársi._ You will not be quiet till you have done some mischief. stare fermo finchè avér fatto male. Be quiet, or else I will make you repent it. chetársi altriménte fare pentíre. You would not be quiet when I bid you, you see now stare saldo quando ordinare vedere adésso what you suffer for it. soffríre _Abbassár gli occhj, signifies to look down._ When you speak to a person of great quality, you ought not to stare quando parláre persóna alto qualità dovere fissáre at him, but you ought sometimes to look down ma dovére qualche volta abbassare gli occhj to show him the respect you have for him. mostráre rispétto avére Upon INTERROGATIONS. [See GRAM. p. 70.] From whence had America its name? From Amerigo Vesputio, a Florentine, avére América nome Amerigo Vespúzio Fiorentíno in 1497; though Columbus was the first discoverer of it in 1492 [1]benchè Colómbo éssere primo scopritóre How large is that country? How is that empire divided? What are the grande paése impéro divíso productions of it? What is there worthy of notice in that country? Are prodótto degno notízia paése there any European colonies in that part of the world? Européa colónia parte mondo? Who subdued the greatest part of the world in twelve years time? soggiogáre grande parte mondo dódici anno Alexander, king of Macedonia. Alessándro Re Macedónia. To whom do the Canary Islands belong, how many are there of them, and Canárie Ísola appartenére quante [2]éssere how do they lie? éssere situáto? [1] See _Gram._ p. 205, upon the conjunction _though_. [2] See _Gram._ p. 147, upon the conjugation of the verb impersonal _there is_. Upon the Irregular Construction of Personal and Possessive PRONOUNS. [See GRAM. p. 61, and 66.] Most men worship love, to it they sacrifice their finest la maggior parte uómo adoráre amóre sagrificáre bello days, and from it they expect their greatest happiness. giórno aspettáre grande felicità. Glory makes the whole ambition of heroes; they thirst after nothing, glória fare tutto ambizióne eróe respirare altro they seek nothing else; they apply to it alone, it is to it alone they cercáre altro indirizzársi solo solo make vows. fare voto. Self-love is our primum mobile; it is that which rules our passions, and amáre próprio primo móbile regoláre passióne to it are men indebted for most of the services which they éssere uómo debitóre maggior parte servízio reciprocally render one another. reciprocaménte réndere Is that the tree you were speaking of? Yes, that is it. éssere albéro parláre It looks very fine, but its fruit is good for nothing. parére bello ma frutto non vale níente. This, on the contrary, has no appearance; it is a peach-tree, and the contrário avére apparénza pérsico peaches are delicious. pésca éssere delizióso. When general G. saw himself pursued so close, he, reaching the river, quando generále G. vedére seguitáto così da vicíno arriváre fiúme threw himself in it (on horseback), with a design to cross it over, gettársi a cavállo intenzióne tráversáre rapid as it was; when he came to the stream, for all he did to resist [1] rápido éssere quando veníre corrénte tutto fare resístere it, he could not get the better of it; he then resolved to go down with potére superare allóra risólvere seguíre it, and let himself be carried away; but his horse was too lasciarsi portáre via ma cavállo éssere troppo tired to be able to swim long; and as he endeavoured to quit the stanco potére nuotáre molto come sforzársi lasciáre stream, the animal, which had now lost all his strength, sunk under him; corrénte bestia avére pérdere tutto forza sommergérsi he expected it, therefore resigned himself to his fate; he still aspettársi perciò rassegnársi destíno ancóra swam (for a while) with the stream, but not being able to get out of it, nuotáre (per un pezzo) corrénte ma potére sortire he was drowned. éssere annegato. The water which you have recommended him to drink is not fit for him; I acqua avére raccomandáto bere essere próprio know all its qualities, and will never recommend it in such a case. Of conóscere tutto qualità mai raccomandáre tale caso these two rivers, one has its spring in the Alps, and the other in the questo due fiúme avére sorgénte Alpi altro Pyrenees. Pirenéi. I have bought a new sword, the hilt of it is silver, but I do not avére compráre nuóvo spada guárdia éssere d’argénto ma like its shell; I will not part with the old one; it has done me much amáre cóccia disfársi della vécchio avére reso molto service; I have twice owed my life to it; only I will get it cleaned, servízio avére due volta dovuto vita solo fare ripulire and get a new hilt to it, and it will still be of service to me méttere nuóvo guárdia ancóra servíre by night. nottetempo. Keep from the wall, do not lean upon it. allontanársi muro appogiársi If you sit in that arm-chair take care you do not hurt yourself, sedére sédia d’appoggio badáre farsi male for the back and elbows are broken. perchè spalliera bracciuólo éssere rotto. His house is fine, I like its situation, but the rooms are not casa bello amáre situazióne ma stánza éssere well contrived: he has spent a great deal of money upon it; he bene regoláto avére fátto gran spesa has altered the roof, and made a stately stair-case; it costs him much, avére fatto cambiar tetto fatto supérbo scala costáre molto but (upon the whole) he owes his health to it; he lives there the whole ma per altro dovere salúte vívere tutto year. The gardens are very fine; he has added groves and water spouts anno giardíno éssere bello aver aggiúnto boschétto getto d’acqua to them; there are fine meadows all around: he designs to make still éssere bello prato all’intorno contáre fare greater alterations. maggióre cambiaménto. [1] See _Gram._ p. 205, upon the conjunction _though_. _On the verb to play, with the Particles at, and on._ Do you never play at cards? I play sometimes at piquet, and at mai giuocáre carta qualche volta picchetto quadrille, to oblige the company. quartíglio obbligáre compagnía. Let us play for a crown. I never play so high; I do not like to play for giuocáre scudo fare mai grosso giuóco non piacére so much money: I do not love to play at games of chance, as at dice, or tanto danáro amáre giuóco di sorte come dado even at cards; but I like to play sometimes at bowls, at billiards, anche carta piacére qualche volta bocce bigliárdo at tennis, or nine pins. We play at chess every night, my cousin and I. pallacórda birillo scácchi ogni sera cugíno Can you play on any instrument? sapére suonáre qualche struménto? I can play a little on the flute. I thought you could also play on the potére suonáre poco flauto crédere anche suonáre fiddle. No: but I know that you play very well on the bass-viol: if you violíno ma sapere suonáre viola d’amore please to come to our house, we will make a little concert: my sister piacére veníre da noi fare píccolo concerto sorélla will play on the piano-forte, you on your bass, and I will sing. suonáre piano-forte basso cantare. _We use the Verb avére, instead of éssere, in speaking of being hungry, dry, cold, hot, or old._ You eat as if you were not hungry. Excuse me, I eat well enough, but mangiáre avére fame scusáre assai bene I am not very hungry; I am more dry than hungry. I have been thirsty avére grande fame avére sete fame avere avúto sete the whole day. tutto giórno. I am very cold, and very hungry. Are you cold? On the contrary avére freddo fame avére freddo al contrário I am very warm, but I am tired. avére gran caldo ma stanco. My hands are so cold that I cannot write. mano avére freddo potére scrivére. [1]I believe your head is always cold, for you seldom pull off your crédere testa sempre freddo perchè raraménte leváre hat. cappéllo. How old is your sister? She is not fifteen yet. I thought she quanto anno avere sorélla avére quíndici anno crédere was twenty; and you, sir, how old are you? avére venti anno ed ella avére? I was very cold this morning when I came: but I am very warm now. avére freddo mattína quando veníre ma caldo adésso You do not look so. You eat as if you were not hungry. I am more cold parére mangiáre avére fame freddo than hungry. I have been thirsty all the day. fame ho avuto sete giórno. [1] I believe, &c. _Credo che voi abbiate sempre freddo alla testa_. _The Impersonal Verb must, is sometimes rendered by dovere, and sometimes by bisognáre._ To make war plenty of money must be had. fare guerra molto danáro bisógna avére. Men must love virtue to be happy. One must be mad to think that men si dovére amáre virtù felíce bisognáre pazzo crédere uómo can be happy without loving virtue. potére senza[1] amáre virtù. Men should learn first the duties belonging to human nature. dovére imparáre prima dovére appartenénte umáno natúra. A woman must have a good deal of circumspection not to speak of herself. donna bisógna avére circospezióne parláre One must not hope to see men cured of the ill-habit they have of bisognáre speráre uómo guarírsi cattivo abitúdine avére speaking always of themselves, their adventures, and wealth; for parláre sempre avventúra opulénza nothing is more tiresome. One should impose upon one’s-self a law niénte nojoso dovére farsi legge never to speak of one’s-self, neither one way, nor another. mái parláre [2] We must not easily believe those who flatter us: neither must we dovére facilménte crédere adulare reject entirely the compliments that are paid to us, when rigettáre compliménto fare quando we think we deserve them; that mistaken modesty is hardly less crédere meritáre malintesa modéstia poco meno displeasing, than a foolish vanity. Much art and nicety are requisite spiacévole sciócco vanità arte delicatézza necessário to season praises well: but there is also a way of receiving them, condire lode ma anche modo ricévere when they are merited, that does not displease modesty. Praises are like quando meritare offendere modéstia lode come a sort of tribute paid to true merit: we must neither reject them spécie tribúto réndere vero mérito dovére nè rigettáre through affectation, nor hanker after them too eagerly. per affettazióne nè ambíre con troppa premúra. [1] _Senza_ governs the infinitive mood. [2] _Neither one way, nor another_, i. e. _nè in bene, nè in male_. _On the negative Particles and Adverbs._ No one knows the sufferings of lovers, unless he himself has loved. nissúno sapére sofferénza amánte se non I have always loved her very much. sempre amáto molto. To court with respect and attention, is the best means of being far la corte rispétto attenzióne mezzo loved again. I have found nobody of your opinion. riamáto avére trovare nessúno opinione. I by no means believe what he says; nor I neither. in nessún modo credere dire nemméno io. She always comes unseasonably, as well as her sister. sempre veníre fuór di tempo come anche sorélla. He has not yet received an answer. avére ancóra ricevúto rispósta. Is there any thing more wonderful, than the virtue of the loadstone? niente ammirábile virtù calamíta? Did he ever mention it? mai mentováre? We have done nothing that ought to make you angry. avére fatto niénte dovére andar in colera. I am going there, lest he should come. andáre per timor veníre. I tell you, that, if henceforth I perceive that you attempt to play dire se da quì innánzi accorgérsi tentáre fare any trick to hinder me from marrying my son, I will complain to the tiro a impedíre maritáre figlio lagnarsi magistrate, and get you punished severely.--I promise you I will magistrato fare punire severamente prométtere never do it. mai fare. She is indifferent to me; and I neither love, nor hate her. indifferénte amáre odiáre. Now that they are under my care, they behave very prudently. ora éssere sotto cura comportársi prudentémente. She has neither relations, nor friends. avére nè parénte nè amíco. I will never forgive you, unless you promise to see her: she is so ill mai perdonáre se non prométtere vedere stare male that she can take nothing, neither can she have any rest. potére pigliáre nè potére avére ripóso. I will not take any physic before the winter is quite out. pigliáre medicína prima invérno affátto passáto. Why does not he boldly tell her his reasons? perchè liberaménte dire ragióne? He knows not where to meet her now. sapére dove incontráre adésso. I ask nothing but what is just; I cannot pay others, if I am not paid domandáre che giústo non potére pagáre altro pagáre what is due to me. éssere dovúto. On the CONJUNCTIONS. Although I have no money, I cannot resolve to borrow any benchè avére danáro non potére risólvere prenderne ad imprestito of my friends. Obey, or else you shall be whipped. da amico obbedíre altrimente [1]staffiláte. When I punish you for your faults, you think I hate you; whereas quando puníre fallo crédere odiáre in vece it is only because I love you, I take that trouble. che perchè amáre préndere incómodo. Your brother came to see me yesterday as soon as you were gone. If he fratello veníre vedére jéri súbito che partíre come again, be so good as to tell him that I have waited for him ritornáre avére bontà dire avére aspettáto till now. fin’ora. Though I used my utmost endeavours, and neglected nothing to please him, benchè fare tutto i miei sforzi trascuráre niénte piacere yet he was constantly scolding me. nientediméno continuaménte sgridáre. That Adriana, whether she is Pamphilus’s wife, or whether she is but his Adriána che Pamfílo moglie o che mistress, she is always with him. amorósa sempre con lui. Either through reason, or caprice, she has married him. sia per ragióne capríccio sposáre. Wars are not so bloody since the invention of gunpowder. guerra sanguinóso dopo invenzióne pólvere da schioppo. Unless a book be instructive or entertaining, I do not wish to read it. a meno che libro istruttívo piacévole Whether she is writing, or reading, she will have her parrot with her. che scrívere léggere volére avére pappágallo Since you have forbidden him, he does it no more. dacchè avére proibíto If he should call at my house, while I am out, my passáre da me mentre éssere fuóri people would tell him where I am. gente dire dove Whether he wins, or loses, he is always the same. sia guadagnáre pérdere sempre l’istesso. I will not go there, unless you go along with me. andáre a meno meco. You must not play before you can say your lesson. dovére giuocáre prima sapére lezióne. Why do you not learn it then, instead of losing your time? He is perchè imparáre dunque in vece pérdere tempo so far from being forward, that he knows nothing at all. Far from in vece éssere avanzáto sapére niénte affátto lungi following my advice, he does not mind what I say to him. seguíre consíglio badáre dire I will rather consent to lose all, than give up my right. piuttósto consentíre pérdere rinunziáre. Though you were a king, I would not marry you. se éssere Re sposáre. Would to God I still were under his tuition, and my father had never volére éssere sotto condótta padre avére mai removed me from his school. ritiráto scuóla. It avails nothing to a girl to be young, without being handsome, nor servíre niénte ragázza gióvine senza bello nè to be handsome without being wise. éssere senza saggio. After you have done your exercise, you must read it over two or three dopo fare tema dovére ripassare due tre times, to correct the faults you may have made in it. volta corréggere erróre potére fare. Remember what I told you several times, that you will never be able ricordársi dire parrécchie volte mai potére to speak, or write Italian, unless you are master of the rules. parláre scrívere Italiáno a meno possédere régola. I will take so much pains that I hope I shall speak it darsi tanto pena speráre before it is long; though I am convinced it is very difficult fra poco benchè convínto diffícile to learn the Italian tongue perfectly well. imparáre Italiáno lingua perfettaménte. You will not find it so hard, if you learn the rules well. trováre diffícile régola bene. The narrowness of the mind, ignorance and presumption produce picolezza ánimo ignoránza presunzióne stubbornness; because obstinate people will believe nothing but what ostinazióne perchè ostináto crédere che quel they understand, and they understand but very few things. compréndere ben poco cosa. [1] Render, _avréte le staffiláte_. On most PREPOSITIONS. I rather choose to live in the country than in town, especially amáre meglio vívere campágna città sopra tutto at Florence: therefore I intend to set out to-morrow for my Firénze perciò fare conto partire dománi country-house, and then I will send my eldest son to Sicily for casa di campagna e poi mandáre maggiore figlio Sicília the summer. state. Where will you go to-night? To the play. dove andáre staséra commédia. When shall I dance, sir? You shall dance in your turn, and not before. quando balláre quando vi toccáre prima. Where do you live, sir? I live in St. James’s street, near star di casa San Giácomo strada vicíno a fruiterer’s, opposite a taylor’s. The best way to go to my house, is fruttajuólo dirimpétto sartóre via venir da me to pass through the Park, since you live in Westminster. passáre attravérso Parco giacchè stare in Westminster I intend to travel first all over England, and France, and then to far conto viaggiáre tutto Inghilterra Fráncia poi Germany, and Italy; from Italy to Spain, where I shall embark Germánia Itália Spagna dove imbarcársi to return to England. ritornáre Inghilterra. I shall go to Scotland in six months, or thereabouts. andáre Scózia fra sei mesi incírca. I will call upon your partners within twelve days; and I will passáre socio fra dódici giórno wait upon them as far as their seat, which is magnificent; were you ever accompagnáre infíno villa manífico éssere mai there? Yes. The walls are inlaid with marble; the stair-case is painted si paréte lamináre marmo scala dipínto in oil; all the furniture is worked with the needle; in short, nothing a ólio tutto tapezzeria fatto ad ago in somma richer can be seen. ricco potére vedére. I should be very glad to spend a few days at that wonderful seat. avére ben caro passáre alcuno giórno maraviglióso villa How far is it? lontáno? It is a great way: it is about a hundred and twenty miles off. molto lontáno di qui incírca miglio. The most uneasy situation is to be between fear and hope. spiacevole situazióne lo stare fra timóre speránza Heroes formerly sacrificed themselves for their country and their eróe anticaménte sacrificársi patria mistress; now-a-days nothing is done but for fortune and pleasure. bella oggidì niénte farsi fortúna piacére. A woman can please without beauty, but she can hardly do it without donna potére piacére senza bellezza difficilmente sense and amiability. sénso amabilità. There is no less eloquence in the tone of the voice, the eyes, and meno eloquenza tuóno voce ócchio the countenance, than in the choice of words. aspétto scelta paróla. Europe, in relation to the other parts of the world, lies Európa rispetto altro parte mondo éssere situáto northward; it is bounded on the east by Asia, and the Black Sea, which settentrióne confináto oriente Ásia Nero Mare communicates with the Mediterranean by the Straits of Constantinople; comunicáre Mediterranéo Stretto Costantinópoli on the south by Africa, from which it is separated by the Mediterranean mezzogiórno Áffrica quale separáre Sea; on the west by the Atlantic ocean; and on the north by the mare occidénte Atlantíco oceáno settentrióne Frozen Sea: its extent taken from Cape St. Vincent to the frontiers of Mar Glaciále estensione prendere Capo San Vincénzio frontiera Asia, is about 3,600 English miles: and from Cape North to Greece Ásia incírca Inglése miglio Capo Norte Grécia is about 2,200 miles. France has Spain towards the south, from which it is divided by the Fráncia Spagna verso mezzogiórno divíso Pyrenean mountains, which are of a surprising height, and extend from Pirenéo stupéndo altézza stendérsi the ocean to the Mediterranean; a tract of about 220 miles. oceano Mediterraneo tratto incirca miglia. _Lately Published_, A KEY TO BOTTARELLI’S EXERCISES, with a few Extracts in Prose and Verse, with English Translations, for the use of Beginners, by P. R. ROTA; a new edition, revised and corrected. 12mo. 2_s._ 6_d._ bound. THE COMPLETE ITALIAN MASTER; containing the best and easiest Rules for attaining that Language, by SIGNOR VENERONI; with a short Introduction to Italian Versification--Extracts from the Italian Poets; and the Italian words properly accented to facilitate the Pronunciation to Learners. A new edition, carefully corrected, and very considerably improved, 12mo. 6_s._ bound. THE NEW ITALIAN, ENGLISH, and FRENCH POCKET DICTIONARY, carefully compiled from the Dictionaries of LA CRUSCA, Dr. S. JOHNSON, the FRENCH ACADEMY, and others of the best authority; having the Parts of Speech properly distinguished, and each Word accented according to its true Pronunciation. A new Edition, very greatly augmented, and much improved, by a union of the respective Works of F. BOTTARELLI and G. POLIDORI, in three volumes, square duodecimo, price 1_l._ 1_s._ boards. N. B. _As this work is much used, as well by Travellers, as Students, a short abstract of the relative value of Italian, French and English Money has been prefixed._ AN ABRIDGEMENT OF THE ROMAN HISTORY. CHAP. I. Of the ORIGIN of the ROMANS. _(Year of the World, 2800--Before Christ, 1184.)_ All [1]nations [2]seem [3]willing to [4]derive [5]merit from the [6]splendor of their [7]origin, and [8]where [9]history [10]is silent, they [11]generally [12]supply the [13]defect with [14]fable. The [15]Romans were [16]particularly [17]desirous of being [18]thought [19]descended from the [20]Gods, [21]as if they would [22]hide the [23]meanness of their [24]real [25]ancestry. [26]Æneas, the [27]son of [28]Venus and [29]Anchises, having [30]escaped from the [31]destruction of [32]Troy, [33]after [34]many [35]adventures and [36]dangers [37]arrived in [38]Italy, [39]where he was [40]kindly [41]received by [42]Latinus, [43]king of the [44]Latins, who [45]gave him his [46]daughter [47]Lavinia in [48]marriage. Italy was [49]then [50]as it is [51]now, [52]divided into a [53]number of [54]small [55]states, [56]independent of [57]each other, and, [58]consequently, [59]subject to [60]frequent [61]contentions [62]among themselves. [63]Turnus, [64]king of the [65]Rutuli, was the [66]first who [67]opposed Æneas, he having [68]long [69]made pretensions to Lavinia himself. A [70]war [71]ensued, in which the [72]Trojan [73]hero was [74]victorious, and [75]Turnus [76]slain. In [77]consequence of this, Æneas [78]built a [79]city, which was [80]called [81]Lavinium, in [82]honour of his [83]wife; and [84]some time after [85]engaging in another [86]war [87]against [88]Mezentius, one of the [89]petty kings of the [90]country, he was [91]conquered in his [92]turn, and [93]died in [94]battle, after a [95]reign of four [96]years. [97]Ascanius, his [98]son, [99]succeeded to the [100]kingdom, and to him, Silvius, a [101]second son, [102]whom he had by Lavinia. It would be [103]tedious to [104]recite a [105]dry [106]catalogue of the kings that [107]followed, and of whom we [108]know [109]little more than their [110]names; it will be [111]sufficient to [112]say, that the [113]succession [114]continued for [115]near [116]four [117]hundred [118]years in the [119]family, and that [120]Numitor was the [121]last king of Alba. FOOTNOTES [1] _nazióne_ [2] _parére_ [3] _desideróso_ [4] _trarre_ [5] _mérito_ [6] _splendóre_ [7] _origine_ [8] _dove_ [9] _istória_ [10] _tacére_ [11] _generalménte_ [12] _sovveníre al_ [13] _difétto_ [14] _favóla_ [15] _Románo_ [16] _particolarménte_ [17] _ambíre_ [18] _credúto_ [19] _discéso_ [20] _dio_ pl. _dei_ [21] _come se_ [22] _nascóndere_ [23] _bassézza_ [24] _vero_ [25] _antenáti_ [26] _Enéa_ [27] _figlio_ [28] _Vénere_ [29] _Anchíse_ [30] _scampáre_ [31] _distruzióne_ [32] _Troja_ [33] _dopo_ [34] _molto_ [35] _avventúra_ [36] _perícolo_ [37] _arriváre_ [38] _Itália_ [39] _dove_ [40] _corteseménte_ [41] _ricevúto_ [42] _Latíno_ [43] _re_ [44] _Latíno_ [45] _dare_ [46] _figliuóla_ [47] _Lavínia_ [48] _matrimónio_ [49] _allóra_ [50] _come_ [51] _ora_ [52] _diviso_ [53] _número_ [54] _píccolo_ [55] _stato_ [56] _independénte_ [57] _l’uno dall’altro_ [58] _conseguentemente_ [59] _soggétto_ [60] _frequénte_ [61] _contésa_ [62] _fra_ [63] _Turno_ [64] _re_ [65] _Rútuli_ [66] _primo_ [67] _oppórsi_ [68] _molto tempo_ [69] _esséndo che pretendeva egli pure a_ [70] _guerra_ [71] _náscere_ [72] _Trojáno_ [73] _eróe_ [74] _vittorióso_ [75] _Turno_ [76] _uccíso_ [77] _conseguénza_ [78] _edíficáre_ [79] _città_ [80] _chiamáto_ [81] _Lavínio_ [82] _onóre_ [83] _moglie_ [84] _qualche tempo dopo_ [85] _attaccáre_ [86] _guerra_ [87] _contro_ [88] _Mésenzio_ [89] _régolo_ [90] _paése_ [91] _vinto_ [92] _volta_ [93] _moríre_ [94] _battáglia_ [95] _regno_ [96] _anno_ [97] _Ascanio_ [98] _figlio_ [99] _succédere_ [100] _regno_ [101] _secondo genito_ [102] _nátogli da_ [103] _nojóso_ [104] _recitáre_ [105] _insípido_ [106] _catálogo_ [107] _seguíre_ [108] _sapére_ [109] _poco_ [110] _nome_ [111] _bastáre_ [112] _dire_ [113] _successióne_ [114] _continuáre_ [115] _vicíno_ [116] _quattro_ [117] _cento_ [118] _anno_ [119] _famíglia_ [120] _Numitóre_ [121] _último_ CHAP. II. _(Of the World, 3301--Before Christ, 753.)_ The [1]twelfth [2]king of the [3]Latins after [4]Æneas, was [5]Amulius, who [6]circumvented his [7]brother [8]Numitor, to whom the [9]right of [10]succession [11]appertained, upon the [12]account of his [13]age. Numitor had an [14]only [15]daughter [16]called Sylvia, and [17]Romulus and [18]Remus, [19]twin brothers, and founders of Rome, were, as it is said in fable and history, the [20]sons of [21]Mars and Sylvia. The children being [22]exposed by the [23]king’s [24]order, were [25]privately [26]educated by one [27]Faustulus, a [28]shepherd. When they were [29]grown up, they [30]slew Amulius, [31]restored their [32]grandfather, to his [33]kingdom, and [34]built [35]Rome 753 years before [36]Christ was [37]born. Romulus, having [38]put his [39]rival brother to [40]death, [41]was [42]proclaimed king by his [43]followers; and having [44]settled the [45]state [46]affairs, and [47]being in want of females, he [48]seized upon all the [49]young women that [50]came to [51]see the [52]public [53]games at Rome; upon which a [54]terrible and long [55]war with the [56]Sabines [57]ensued. The [58]Cæninenses, [59]Antemnates, and [60]Crustumini were [61]conquered; and [62]at last the [63]Sabines, under the [64]conduct of [65]Tatius, [66]bearing hard upon the Romans, by the [67]interposition of the [68]Sabine women who had been [69]detained at Rome, it was [70]agreed upon [71]betwixt both [72]parties, [73]that they should [74]jointly [75]inhabit Rome, and Romulus and Tatius should [76]reign [77]together. Tatius being [78]slain six [79]years after, Romulus reigned [80]alone, and [81]completed the [82]term of 38 years, having conquered the [83]neighbouring cities. At last, [84]a great [85]tempest [86]arising as he [87]held an [88]assembly at the [89]lake of Caprea, [90]he was no where to be found, being [91]torn in pieces by the [92]senators (as it was [93]generally [94]thought) to whom he was [95]now [96]grown [97]odious on [98]account of his [99]cruelty. He [100]first [101]divided the city into [102]thirty [103]curiæ, and [104]three [105]tribes. The [106]poor he [107]put [108]under the [109]protection of the [110]great, whom he [111]named [112]patricii. He [113]triumphed [114]three times [115]over his [116]vanquished [117]enemies; [118]first, over the Cæninenses, and Antemnates, in which [119]war having [120]killed their [121]king [122]Acron [123]with his own hand, he [124]consecrated his first [125]spoils to [126]Jupiter Feretrius; [127]secondly, over the [128]Camerini; [129]thirdly, over the [130]Fidenates, and [131]Veientes. [132]After an [133]interregnum of a [134]year’s continuance, [135]Numa Pompilius, a Sabine, [136]born at [137]Cures, was [138]chosen king by the Romans, 714 years before [139]Christ was [140]born; [141]who [142]applying himself to the [143]preservation of the public [144]quiet, [145]instituted all the [146]religious [147]rites of the Romans. He [148]made an [149]addition of two [150]months to the year, which [151]till that time had [152]consisted of [153]ten, and [154]reigned forty-three years. [155]The third king of the Romans was [156]Tullus Hostilius, a [157]man of a [158]restless temper, and [159]fit for nothing but war. He [160]conquered the Albans, and [161]destroyed their city, after he had first [162]removed the [163]inhabitants, and all their [164]substance to Rome; and [165]torn to pieces, [166]tied [167]betwixt two [168]chariots, [169]Metius Fusetius, [170]dictator of the [171]Albans, [172]convicted of [173]treachery. He [174]triumphed [175]three times over the Albans, the [176]Fidenates, and the Sabines. He [177]reigned [178]thirty-two years, and [179]perished with his [180]wife, and [181]whole family, by [182]a thunderbolt [183]from heaven. The [184]fourth king that reigned at Rome was [185]Ancus Martius, [186]grandson to Numa Pompilius, by whom the [187]Latins were [188]subdued, and most of them [189]taken into the city, and [190]settled in the [191]Aventine mount; [192]the Janiculum was [193]fortified by him, a [194]bridge made over the [195]Tiber, and Ostia [196]built. He reigned 24 years. The [197]fifth king of Rome was [198]Tarquinius Priscus, the [199]son of [200]Demaratus, a [201]Corinthian. He [202]came to Rome from [203]Tarquinii, a [204]town of Etruria, [205]from whence he was [206]called [207]Lucius Tarquinius. After he [208]came to the [209]government, he [210]augmented the [211]senate, [212]subdued the [213]twelve [214]nations of Etruria, and [215]borrowed from them the [216]ensigns of [217]supreme [218]power, the [219]fasces; the [220]trabea; the [221]curule chair; the [222]prætexta; and other [223]things of that [224]kind. He was slain by the sons of [225]Ancus, after he had reigned 38 years. His [226]son-in-law Servius Tullius, the [227]sixth in [228]order, [229]began his [230]reign in the year 577 before Christ. He was for his [231]rare [232]endowments [233]preferred before those of the royal [234]blood. He first [235]instituted the [236]census, and [237]ordered it to be [238]kept [239]every five years; [240]divided the [241]people into [242]classes, and [243]centuries, and [244]enlarged the city: and after he had [245]governed the [246]kingdom with great [247]applause 44 years, he was [248]murdered through the [249]horrid [250]wickedness of his own [251]daughter, and Tarquin his [252]son-in-law. The [253]seventh and [254]last king that reigned at Rome was Tarquin, [255]surnamed [256]the Proud, whom [257]most of the [258]old Roman [259]authors [260]affirm to be the son of [261]Priscus; [262]but [263]Dionysius [264]will have him to be his grandson. He [265]governed the [266]kingdom he had [267]procured by his [268]wickedness [269]no better than he got it, being [270]cruel to the [271]senators, and his [272]other [273]subjects. He [274]conquered the [275]Volsci, the Sabines, and Gabii; and having [276]built the [277]Capitol with the [278]spoils of the cities he had [279]taken, he was [280]at last [281]turned out of the city, and of his kingdom, for a [282]violence [283]committed by his [284]son upon [285]Lucretia. FOOTNOTES [1] _duodécimo_ [2] _re_ [3] _Latíno_ [4] _Enéa_ [5] _Amúlio_ [6] _ingannáre_ [7] _fratéllo_ [8] _Numitóre_ [9] _drítto_ [10] _successióne_ [11] _appartenére_ [12] _cagióne_ [13] _età_ [14] _único_ [15] _figlia_ [16] _chiamáre_ [17] _Rómolo_ [18] _Remo_ [19] _geméllo_ [20] _figlio_ [21] _Marte_ [22] _espórre_ [23] _re_ [24] _órdine_ [25] _segretaménte_ [26] _educáre_ [27] _Faústulo_ [28] _pastóre_ [29] _créscere_ [30] _uccídere_ [31] _restituíre_ [32] _avo_ [33] _regno_ [34] _edificáre_ [35] _Roma_ [36] _Cristo_ [37] _náscere_ [38] _méttere_ [39] _émolo_ [40] _morte_ [41] _éssere_ [42] _proclamáre_ [43] _seguáce_ [44] _regoláre_ [45] _stato_ [46] _affáre_ [47] _avéndo bisógno_ [48] _pigliáre per forza_ [49] _gióvane_ [50] _veníre_ [51] _vedére_ [52] _púbblico_ [53] _giuóco_ [54] _terríbile_ [55] _guerra_ [56] _Sabíni_ [57] _seguíre_ [58] _Ceninénsi_ [59] _Antemnáti_ [60] _Crustumíni_ [61] _conquistáre_ [62] _alla fine_ [63] _Sabíni_ [64] _comándo_ [65] _Tázio_ [66] _malmenando i Románi fieramente_ [67] _interposizióne_ [68] _donne Sabíne_ [69] _ritenére_ [70] _conveníre_ [71] _fra_ [72] _partíto_ [73] _che_ [74] _unitaménte_ [75] _abitáre_ [76] _regnáre_ [77] _insiéme_ [78] _uccídere_ [79] _anno_ [80] _solo_ [81] _compíre_ [82] _términe_ [83] _vicíno_ [84] _grande_ [85] _borrásca_ [86] _soppravenire_ [87] _tenére_ [88] _assembléa_ [89] _lago_ [90] _non si potétte trováre in nissun luógo_ [91] _messo a brani_ [92] _senatóre_ [93] _generalménte_ [94] _crédere_ [95] _ormai_ [96] _diveníre_ [97] _odióso_ [98] _cagióne_ [99] _crudeltà_ [100] _da princípio_ [101] _divídere_ [102] _trenta_ [103] _cúrie_ [104] _tre_ [105] _tribù_ [106] _i póveri_ [107] _méttere_ [108] _sotto_ [109] _protezióne_ [110] _grande_ [111] _chiamáre_ [112] _patrízio_ [113] _trionfáre_ [114] _tre volte_ [115] _dei_ [116] _vinto_ [117] _nemíco_ [118] _prima_ [119] _guerra_ [120] _uccídere_ [121] _re_ [122] _Acróne_ [123] _di propria mano_ [124] _consacráre_ [125] _spóglia_ [126] _Gióve Ferétrio_ [127] _secóndo_ [128] _Cameríni_ [129] _terzo_ [130] _Fidenáti_ [131] _Vejénti_ [132] _dopo_ [133] _interrégno_ [134] _anno_ [135] _Numa Pompílio_ [136] _nato_ [137] _Cure_ [138] _scelto_ [139] _Cristo_ [140] _nascesse_ [141] _il quale_ [142] _applicársi_ [143] _preservazióne_ [144] _pace_ [145] _istituíre_ [146] _religióso_ [147] _rito_ [148] _fare_ [149] _addizióne_ [150] _mese_ [151] _fin allóra_ [152] _consístere_ [153] _diéci_ [154] _regnáre_ [155] _il terzo_ [156] _Túllio Ostílio_ [157] _uómo_ [158] _inquiéto natúra_ [159] _proprio_ [160] _conquistáre_ [161] _distrúggere_ [162] _trasportáre_ [163] _abitánte_ [164] _sostánza_ [165] _fatto in pezzi_ [166] _attaccáre_ [167] _fra_ [168] _carro_ [169] _Mezio Fusézio_ [170] _dittatóre_ [171] _Albani_ [172] _convínto_ [173] _tradiménto_ [174] _trionfáre_ [175] _tre volte_ [176] _Fidénáti_ [177] _regnáre_ [178] _trentadue anni_ [179] _períre_ [180] _moglie_ [181] _tutta la sua famíglia_ [182] _per un fúlmine_ [183] _caduto dal cielo_ [184] _quarto_ [185] _Anco Márzio_ [186] _nipote_ [187] _Latíni_ [188] _soggiogáto_ [189] _posto_ [190] _stabilírsi_ [191] _monte Aventíno_ [192] _il Gianícolo_ [193] _fortificáto_ [194] _ponte_ [195] _Tevére_ [196] _edificáto_ [197] _quinto_ [198] _Tarquínio Prisco_ [199] _figlio_ [200] _Demaráto_ [201] _Corintéo_ [202] _veníre_ [203] _Tarquínio_ [204] _cíttà_ [205] _dal quale_ [206] _chiamáto_ [207] _Lúcio Tarquínio_ [208] _perveníre_ [209] _govérno_ [210] _aumentáre_ [211] _senáto_ [212] _soggiogáre_ [213] _dódici_ [214] _nazióne_ [215] _imprestáre_ [216] _insegnáre_ [217] _suprémo_ [218] _autorità_ [219] _fasce_ [220] _trabéa_ [221] _sédia curúle_ [222] _pretésta_ [223] _cosa_ [224] _sorta_ [225] _Anco_ [226] _genero Sérvio Túllio_ [227] _sesto_ [228] _órdine_ [229] _principiáre_ [230] _regno_ [231] _raro_ [232] _qualità_ [233] _preferíto_ [234] _sangue reale_ [235] _istituíre_ [236] _censo_ [237] _comando che fosse_ [238] _rifatto_ [239] _una volta ogni cinque anni_ [240] _divídere_ [241] _pópolo_ [242] _classe_ [243] _centúria_ [244] _estendere_ [245] _governáre_ [246] _regno_ [247] _appláuso_ [248] _assassináto_ [249] _orríbile_ [250] _scelleratézza_ [251] _figlia_ [252] _genero_ [253] _séttimo_ [254] _último_ [255] _cognomináto_ [256] _il supérbo_ [257] _la maggior parte_ [258] _antíco_ [259] _autóre_ [260] _affermáre_ [261] _Prísco_ [262] _ma_ [263] _Dionísio_ [264] _vuól che sia suo nipotíno_ [265] _governáre_ [266] _regno_ [267] _procuráre_ [268] _malvagità_ [269] _in un modo non migliore di quello con cui l’aveva ottenuto_ [270] _crudele_ [271] _senatóre_ [272] _altro_ [273] _suddito_ [274] _debelláre_ [275] _Volsci_ [276] _edificáre_ [277] _Campidóglio_ [278] _spóglie_ [279] _préndere_ [280] _alla fine_ [281] _scacciáre_ [282] _violenza_ [283] _commésso_ [284] _fíglio_ [285] _Lucrézia_ CHAP. III (_Of the World, 3545--Of Rome, 245._) [1]King Tarquin, with his [2]family, being [3]banished, [4]L. Junius Brutus, and [5]L. Tarquinius Collatinus were [6]made [7]consuls. [8]The former was so [9]severe, that he [10]scourged and [11]beheaded his own sons for [12]favouring [13]the banished kings, being a [14]greater [15]friend to the [16]public [17]liberty than to his own family. A [18]field of the Tarquins, which [19]lay [20]between the city and [21]the Tiber, was [22]consecrated to [23]Mars, and [24]from thence [25]called [26]Campus Martius. [27]Brutus [28]died in the [29]war [30]against the Tarquins, who [31]prevailed upon some of the [32]neighbouring [33]nations to [34]assist them; [35]amongst the [36]rest, Porsena, king of Etruria, [37]made war upon the Romans, in [38]favour of the Tarquins: in which war the [39]bravery of [40]Horatius Coccles was very [41]remarkable, who [42]maintained the [43]fight [44]against the [45]victorious [46]enemy [47]till the [48]bridge on the Tiber was [49]cut down, [50]when he [51]swam and crossed the [52]river. Nor [53]must we [54]pass over in silence the [55]noble [56]attempt of [57]Mutius Scævola, who [58]secretly [59]entered the [60]enemy’s [61]camp with a [62]resolution to [63]kill the king; [64]but having by [65]mistake [66]slain one of his nobles, he [67]thrust his [68]hand into the [69]fire that was upon the [70]altar; which so [71]terrified the king, that he [72]made [73]peace with the Romans, and [74]returned [75]home. [76]After this, the [77]Latins made [78]war upon the Romans, [79]under the [80]conduct of [81]Octavius Mamilius, Tarquin’s [82]son-in-law; [83]against whom [84]Posthumius being made [85]dictator, [86]vanquished them in a [87]memorable [88]battle at the [89]lake Regillus. [90]Afterwards a war was [91]proclaimed [92]against the [93]Volsci, who had [94]raised some [95]troops, to [96]send to the [97]assistance of the [98]Latins in the [99]former war. The [100]fortune of [101]Caius Marcius Coriolanus was [102]remarkable in that war, who being [103]condemned in his [104]absence, [105]retired amongst the Volsci, and [106]advised them to [107]renew the war; for the [108]management of which, being [109]chosen [110]general with [111]Tullius Accius, after he had [112]routed the Romans in [113]several [114]engagements, and [115]advanced up [116]to the very walls of the city, he was [117]moved by the [118]prayers of his [119]mother, and he [120]raised the [121]siege. After the [122]death of [123]Coriolanus, the Volsci [124]continued the war, and [125]were [126]together with the [127]Æqui, [128]and Hernici, [129]soundly [130]beaten by [131]Spurius Cassius, who had been [132]thrice [133]consul. [134]He being elevated by his [135]success, [136]aspired to the [137]throne, [138]but was [139]prevented in his [140]design, and [141]thrown headlong from the [142]Tarpeian rock. In the year 261 from the [143]building of the city, the [144]common people being very [145]much in [146]debt, and [147]provoked by the [148]cruelty of their [149]creditors, [150]retired [151]beyond the [152]Anien into the [153]sacred mount, but were [154]reconciled by the [155]pacific [156]persuasions of [157]Menenius Agrippa; having [158]first [159]obtained from the [160]fathers, that [161]officers should be [162]appointed to [163]screen them from the [164]violence of the [165]patricii, who were [166] called [167]tribunes of the [168]people. After this, the Romans had a war with the [169]Veientes, which the [170]family of the [171]Fabii [172]undertook to [173]carry on by themselves; and having [174]pitched their camp by the [175]river [176]Cremera, were [177]trepanned by the [178]enemy, and [179]cut off in one [180]day, to the [181]number of 306. The war with the [182]Volsci [183]continued. They were [184]often [185]vanquished, [186]especially by T. [187]Quintius Cincinnatus, who took [188]Antium, the [189]metropolis of their [190]nation. Cincinnatus being [191]afterwards [192]taken from the [193]plough, and [194]made [195]dictator [196]against the [197]Æqui, he [198]delivered the [199]consul [200]Minucius, who was [201]besieged by them, and [202]obliged the [203]enemy to [204]pass under the [205]yoke. In the year 303, [206]after the [207]foundation of the city, and 451 years [208]before [209]Christ, the [210]form of the [211]government was [212]changed. [213]For [214]instead of [215]consuls, the [216]decemviri were [217]set up, with [218]supreme [219]power to [220]make [221]laws for the Roman [222]people, [223]from those which their ambassadors had the year before [224]brought from [225]Greece. But [226]abusing their [227]power, they were [228]obliged to [229]lay down their [230]authority; and the [231]consuls and [232]tribunes were [233]restored. In the 315th year of the city, Sp. Melius, in the [234]time of a [235]famine, [236]endeavouring to [237]make his way to a [238]throne, by [239]sharing [240]corn [241]amongst the [242]people, was [243]slain by [244]order of [245]Quintius Cincinnatus the [246]dictator, by [247]C. Servilius Ahala [248]master of the horse. In the [249]following year the [250]Fidenates [251]revolted to [252]Lars Tolumnius, king of the [253]Veientes, and [254]put the Roman ambassadors to [255]death, who had their [256]statues [257]erected in the [258]forum. The [259]Veientes [260]in the next year were [261]subdued by [262]Mamercus Æmilius, [263]dictator. [264]Tolumnius was [265]slain by [266]Cornelius Cossus, who was the [267]second from [268]Romulus that [269]dedicated the [270]spoils [271]called [272]Opima to Jupiter [273]Feretrius. [274]Censors were [275]set up at Rome in the 311th year of the city, who [276]held their [277]office [278]at first for [279]five [280]years, [281]but were [282]afterwards, in the year 320, [283]reduced by [284]Mamercus Æmilius, [285]dictator, to a year and a [286]half. In the year 323, the [287]dictator [288]A. Posthumius was very [289]successful [290]against the [291]Æqui and the [292]Volsci; but [293]stained the [294]victory with the [295]blood of his own [296]son, whom he [297]beheaded for having [298]fought [299]contrary to his [300]orders. In the year of the city 358, the [301]town of [302]Veii was [303]taken by [304]Camillus, dictator, [305]after a [306]siege of [307]ten years. He [308]likewise [309]reduced the [310]Falisci, [311]not so much by his [312]arms, as the [313]opinion they had of his [314]justice. But after these [315]great [316]successes, the Romans were [317]nearly [318]ruined by the [319]Galli Senones, who having [320]laid [321]siege to [322]Clusium in Etruria, the Romans [323]sent three of the [324]Fabian family ambassadors to them. These, [325]contrary to the [326]law of [327]nations, [328]marched out into the [329]field with the [330]Clusini against the [331]Gauls, which proceeding so [332]incensed the latter, that [333]leaving [334]Clusium, they marched to Rome. The Romans were [335]routed, and [336]put to [337]flight in the very [338]first [339]attack at Allia. After which the city was [340]taken and [341]burnt; the [342]Capitol, [343]whither the [344]flower of the Roman [345]youth [346]retreated, was [347]besieged, and had it not been for Manlius, who was afterwards surnamed [348]Capitolinus, would have been [349]taken by the [350]barbarians in the [351]night time; but he, being [352]awakened by the [353]cackling of [354]geese, and [355]others [356]with him, [357]pushed the [358]Gauls [359]as they [360]came up, [361]headlong down the precipice. [362]In the mean time [363]Camillus, who was [364]then in [365]exile at Ardea, being [366]recalled and [367]made [368]dictator, [369]raised an [370]army, [371]came to Rome, [372]drove them out, and at [373]about [374]eight [375]miles [376]distance from the city [377]utterly [378]destroyed their [379]whole [380]army. FOOTNOTES [1] _Il re Tarquínio_ [2] _famíglia_ [3] _bandíto_ [4] _L. Giúnio Bruto_ [5] _L. Tarquínio Collatíno_ [6] _fatto_ [7] _consóle_ [8] _il primo_ [9] _sevéro_ [10] _flagelláre_ [11] _decapitáre_ [12] _favoríre_ [13] _i re bandíti_ [14] _grande_ [15] _amíco_ [16] _púbblico_ [17] _libertà_ [18] _campo_ [19] _situato_ [20] _fra_ [21] _Tévere_ [22] _consacráto_ [23] _Marte_ [24] _indi_ [25] _chiamáto_ [26] _Campo Marzio_ [27] _Bruto_ [28] _moríre_ [29] _guerra_ [30] _contro_ [31] _riuscirono a persuadére_ [32] _vicíno_ [33] _nazióne_ [34] _assístere_ [35] _fra_ [36] _gli altri_ [37] _fare_ [38] _favóre_ [39] _bravúra_ [40] _Orázio Coclide_ [41] _rimarchevole_ [42] _mantenére_ [43] _conflítto_ [44] _contro_ [45] _vittorióso_ [46] _nemico_ [47] _infinchè_ [48] _ponte_ [49] _tagliáto_ [50] _allóra_ [51] _nuotáre e traversáre_ [52] _fiúme_ [53] _dovére_ [54] _passáre in silenzio_ [55] _nóbile_ [56] _intraprèsa_ [57] _Muzio Scévola_ [58] _segretaménte_ [59] _entráre_ [60] _nemíco_ [61] _campo_ [62] _risoluzióne_ [63] _uccídere_ [64] _ma_ [65] _isbáglio_ [66] _ammazzáre_ [67] _méttere_ [68] _mano_ [69] _fuóco_ [70] _altáre_ [71] _spaventáre_ [72] _fare_ [73] _pace_ [74] _ritornáre_ [75] _casa_ [76] _dopo_ [77] _Latíno_ [78] _guerra_ [79] _sotto_ [80] _condótta_ [81] _Ottávio Mamílio_ [82] _genero_ [83] _contro_ [84] _Postúmio_ [85] _dittatóre_ [86] _víncere_ [87] _memorábile_ [88] _battáglia_ [89] _Lago Regíllo_ [90] _dopo_ [91] _proclamáre_ [92] _contro_ [93] _Volsci_ [94] _leváre_ [95] _truppe_ [96] _mandáre_ [97] _soccórso_ [98] _Latíno_ [99] _precedente_ [100] _fortúna_ [101] _Caio Marzio Corioláno_ [102] _segnaláto_ [103] _condannáto_ [104] _assénza_ [105] _ritirársi_ [106] _consigliáre_ [107] _ricominciáre_ [108] _condótta_ [109] _scelto_ [110] _generále_ [111] _Tullio Accio_ [112] _sconfítto_ [113] _parécchie_ [114] _battáglia_ [115] _avanzáre_ [116] _infíno alle mura_ [117] _commósso_ [118] _preghiéra_ [119] _madre_ [120] _leváre_ [121] _assédio_ [122] _morte_ [123] _Corioláno_ [124] _continuáre_ [125] _confederatisi_ [126] _con gli_ [127] _Equi_ [128] _Erníci_ [129] _furono insieme potentemente_ [130] _battúto_ [131] _Spúrio Cássio_ [132] _tre volte_ [133] _consóle_ [134] _questi esaltáto_ [135] _succésso_ [136] _aspiráre_ [137] _trono_ [138] _ma_ [139] _impedíto_ [140] _diségno_ [141] _precipitáto_ [142] _rupe Tarpéa_ [143] _fondazióne_ [144] _plebe_ [145] _molto_ [146] _indebitáto_ [147] _irritáto_ [148] _crudeltà_ [149] _creditóre_ [150] _ritirársi_ [151] _di là_ [152] _Aniéno_ [153] _sacro monte_ [154] _riconciliáto_ [155] _pacifico_ [156] _persuasióne_ [157] _Menénio Agríppa_ [158] _prima_ [159] _ottenúto_ [160] _padre_ [161] _ufficiále_ [162] _costituíto_ [163] _protéggere_ [164] _violénza_ [165] _patrízj_ [166] _chiamáto_ [167] _tribúni_ [168] _popolo_ [169] _Vejénti_ [170] _famíglia_ [171] _Fabj_ [172] _intrapréndere_ [173] _maneggiáre_ [174] _accampáre_ [175] _fiúme_ [176] _Cremera_ [177] _acchiappáre_ [178] _nemíco_ [179] _uccíso_ [180] _giórno_ [181] _número_ [182] _Volsci_ [183] _continuáre_ [184] _spesso_ [185] _vinto_ [186] _specialménte_ [187] _Quínzio Cincinnáto_ [188] _Anzio_ [189] _metrópoli_ [190] _nazióne_ [191] _dopo_ [192] _preso_ [193] _áratro_ [194] _fatto_ [195] _dittatóre_ [196] _contro_ [197] _Equi_ [198] _liberáre_ [199] _consóle_ [200] _Minúcio_ [201] _assediáto_ [202] _forzáre_ [203] _nemico_ [204] _passáre sotto il_ [205] _giógo_ [206] _dopo_ [207] _fondazióne_ [208] _prima_ [209] _Cristo_ [210] _forma_ [211] _govérno_ [212] _cambiáto_ [213] _perchè_ [214] _invéce di_ [215] _consóle_ [216] _decemvíri_ [217] _creáto_ [218] _suprémo_ [219] _autorità_ [220] _fare_ [221] _legge_ [222] _pópolo_ [223] _sul modello di quello_ [224] _portáto_ [225] _Grécia_ [226] _abusáre_ [227] _potére_ [228] _obbligáto_ [229] _dimettere_ [230] _autorità_ [231] _cónsole_ [232] _tribúno_ [233] _ristabilíto_ [234] _tempo_ [235] _carestía_ [236] _procuráre_ [237] _arriváre_ [238] _trono_ [239] _distribuíre_ [240] _grano_ [241] _fra_ [242] _popolo_ [243] _ammazzáto_ [244] _órdine_ [245] _Quínzio Cincinnáto_ [246] _dittatóre_ [247] _C. Servílio Ahala_ [248] _maestro della cavalleria_ [249] _seguénte_ [250] _Fidenáti_ [251] _rivoltársi_ [252] _Larte Tolúnnio_ [253] _Vejénti_ [254] _méttere_ [255] _morte_ [256] _státua_ [257] _errétto_ [258] _fóro_ [259] _Vejénti_ [260] _l’anno dopo_ [261] _soggiogáto_ [262] _Mamérco Emílio_ [263] _dittatóre_ [264] _Tolúnnio_ [265] _ammazzáto_ [266] _Cornélio Cosso_ [267] _secóndo_ [268] _Romolo_ [269] _dedicáre_ [270] _spóglia_ [271] _chiamáto_ [272] _Opíme_ [273] _Gióve Feretrio_ [274] _censóre_ [275] _stabilíre_ [276] _tenére_ [277] _uffício_ [278] _al princípio_ [279] _cinque_ [280] _anno_ [281] _ma_ [282] _dopo_ [283] _ridótto_ [284] _Mamérco Emílio_ [285] _dittatóre_ [286] _mezzo_ [287] _dittatóre_ [288] _A. Postúmio_ [289] _fortunáto_ [290] _contro_ [291] _Equi_ [292] _Volsci_ [293] _macchiáre_ [294] _vittória_ [295] _sangue_ [296] _figlio_ [297] _decapitáre_ [298] _combáttere_ [299] _contro_ [300] _órdine_ [301] _città_ [302] _Vej_ [303] _preso_ [304] _Camíllo_ [305] _dopo_ [306] _assédio_ [307] _diéci_ [308] _pariménte_ [309] _ridúrre_ [310] _Falísci_ [311] _non tanto_ [312] _arme_ [313] _opinióne_ [314] _giustízia_ [315] _grande_ [316] _riuscita_ [317] _quasi_ [318] _rovináto_ [319] _Galli Sénoni_ [320] _méttere_ [321] _assédio_ [322] _Clusio_ [323] _mandáre_ [324] _famíglia de’ Fabj_ [325] _contro_ [326] _dirítto_ [327] _gente_ [328] _marciáre_ [329] _campo_ [330] _Clusíni_ [331] _Galli_ [332] _irritáre_ [333] _lasciáre_ [334] _Clusio_ [335] _sconfítto_ [336] _messo_ [337] _fuga_ [338] _primo_ [339] _attácco_ [340] _preso_ [341] _abbruciáto_ [342] _Campidóglio_ [343] _dove_ [344] _fiore_ [345] _gioventù_ [346] _ritirársi_ [347] _assediáto_ [348] _Capitolíno_ [349] _preso_ [350] _bárbaro_ [351] _notte tempo_ [352] _svegliáto_ [353] _il gracchiáre_ [354] _oca_ [355] _altro_ [356] _con_ [357] _buttáre_ [358] _Galli_ [359] _a misura che_ [360] _presentarsi_ [361] _a capo in giù nel precipízio_ [362] _nell’istésso tempo_ [363] _Camíllo_ [364] _allóra_ [365] _esílio_ [366] _richiamáto_ [367] _fatto_ [368] _dittatóre_ [369] _leváre_ [370] _armáta_ [371] _veníre_ [372] _scacciáre_ [373] _incírca_ [374] _otto_ [375] _míglia_ [376] _distánza_ [377] _completamente_ [378] _distrúggere_ [379] _tutto_ [380] _armáta_ CHAP. IV. _(Of the World, 3670--Of Rome, 370.)_ The city being [1]destroyed by the Gauls, the Romans had [2]thoughts of [3]leaving it, and [4]removing to [5]Veii; but were [6]dissuaded from that [7]design by [8]Camillus; [9]whilst [10]Marcus Manlius (who [11]obtained the [12]surname of [13]Capitolinus for his [14]noble [15]defence of the [16]Capitol) [17]endeavoured by [18]ambition and [19]popular [20]favour [21]to possess himself of the [22]supreme [23]power, he was [24]thrown from the [25]Tarpeian rock, which he had [26]defended, in the year 370. In the year 377, there was a [27]strong [28]contest [29]between the [30]nobility and the [31]people. [32]C. Licinius Stolo and [33]L. Sextius, [34]tribunes of [35]the people, [36]proposed a [37]law for [38]choosing [39]one of the consuls out [40]of the people. They [41]carried their point at last, in the year 387, and in the [42]following year [43]L. Sextius was elected consul. [44]After this, the Romans had [45]war with the [46]Tiburtes, the [47]Tarquinenses, and [48]Falisci; and again with the [49]Gauls, who being [50]drawn up [51]in order of [52]battle, one of them [53]sent a [54]challenge to the Romans, and was [55]slain by [56]one M. Valerius, a [57]tribune of the [58]soldiers, by the [59]assistance of a [60]crow, who [61]from thence had the [62]surname of [63]Corvinus. [64]But of all their [65]wars, none was more [66]troublesome and [67]lasting than that [68]against the [69]Samnites; which the Romans [70]undertook the year of the city 411, at the [71]request of the [72]Campani. It [73]lasted [74]seventy years; [75]though they were [76]several times [77]beaten, as in the year 413, in which the [78]Latins [79]rose up in arms [80]against the Romans, but were the year after [81]conquered by the [82]consuls Torquatus and Decius; the [83]former of whom [84]beheaded his own [85]son for [86]fighting [87]without his [88]order; the [89]other [90]devoted himself to [91]destruction for the [92]army; after which the [93]enemies [94]submitted, but [95]soon after [96]rebelling again, they were [97]at last [98]entirely [99]reduced in the year 416. [100]About this time the [101]Gauls [102]made a [103]peace with the Romans, which they [104]kept [105]thirty years. But in 450, the [106]Cisalpine, [107]together with the [108]Transalpine [109]Gauls, and the [110]Tuscans, [111]laid waste the [112]Roman [113]territories. The Cisalpine [114]returning [115]home [116]loaded with [117]spoils, [118]fell out together about them. [119]Four years after that, having [120]joined the [121]Samnites and [122]Tuscans, they fell [123]upon the Roman [124]army [125]commanded by [126]L. Scipio, the [127]proprætor, in which [128]battle, [129]P. Decius [130]the consul [131]devoted himself. [132]Ten years after this, the [133]Galli Senones being [134]invited by the [135]Lucani, [136]Brutii, Samnites, and Tuscans, [137]besieged [138]Aretium, and having [139]vanquished [140]L. Cæcilius the [141]prætor, [142]killed 13,000 Romans; which [143]overthrow the consul Dolobella [144]revenged upon them [145]soon after; for having [146]routed the [147]Gauls, and [148]taken their city of Sena, [149]he sent a [150]colony there. The [151]Boii being [152]moved at the [153]hard [154]fate of the [155]Senones, [156]entered into an [157]alliance with the [158]Tuscans, and [159]engaged the Romans at the [160]lake of [161]Vadimon; in which [162]battle [163]almost [164]all the Tuscans were [165]slain, and very [166]few of the Boii [167]escaped. This [168]happened in the year of the city 471; but in the [169]following year the Boii were [170]entirely [171]reduced, which was [172]about three years [173]before [174]Pyrrhus, [175]came into [176]Italy. The [177]Palæpolitani [178]likewise, [179]where [180]now [181]Naples is, [182]venturing to make war upon the Romans, were [183]subdued the third year [184]after, [185]that is to say, in the year of the city 428, by [186]Publius the proconsul. The [187]twelve [188]nations of the Tuscans, [189]rising for the [190]utter ruin [191]of the Roman name in the year of the city 442, were [192]routed in a great [193]battle by Fabius the [194]consul, in the [195]year 444, in which were [196]slain, or [197]taken of the [198]enemy, to the [199]number of 60,000. In the year 472, the [200]Tarentines, [201]brought the [202]Romans against them [203]by plundering their [204]fleet, and [205]assailing their [206]ambassadors, who [207]came to [208]complain of the [209]injury. They, [210]together with the [211]Samnites, and [212]Salentines, were [213]defeated by L. [214]Æmilius Barbula. [215]Terrified at this [216]ill fortune, they [217]sent for [218]Pyrrhus to their [219]assistance; who, in the year of the city 474, having [220]brought over an [221]army into [222]Italy, [223]waged against the Romans [224]a war which [225]lasted six years. In the [226]first [227]encounter the Romans, [228]headed by [229]Lævinus, being [230]conquered, not so much by the [231]strength of the [232]enemy, as by the [233]strange [234]shape of the [235]elephants, [236]yielded up the [237]day: Pyrrhus [238]dismissed all the [239]prisoners [240]without [241]ransom. [242]Soon after, having [243]made some [244]fruitless [245]overtures of [246]peace by his [247]ambassador [248]Cyneas ([249]for [250]Appius Claudius [251]obstructed it), he [252]engaged the Romans [253]twice: the [254]victory [255]both times being [256]dubious. He was [257]then [258]invited by the [259]Syracusans [260]into Sicily against [261]the Carthaginians; [262]where [263]matters [264]not succeeding [265]according to his [266]desires, he [267]returned into [268]Italy in the year 479; and being [269]defeated, [270]forced out of his [271]camp, and [272]beaten from [273]Tarentum, he returned into [274]Epirus. FOOTNOTES [1] _distrúggere_ [2] _idea_ [3] _abbandonáre_ [4] _traslocarsi_ [5] _Vej_ [6] _dissuáso_ [7] _diségno_ [8] _Camíllo_ [9] _mentre_ [10] _Marco Mánlio_ [11] _ottenere_ [12] _cognóme_ [13] _Capitolíno_ [14] _nóbile_ [15] _difésa_ [16] _campidóglio_ [17] _cercáre_ [18] _ambizione_ [19] _popoláre_ [20] _favóre_ [21] _impadronírsi_ [22] _suprémo_ [23] _potére_ [24] _precipitáto_ [25] _rocca Tarpéa_ [26] _diféndere_ [27] _grande_ [28] _contésa_ [29] _fra_ [30] _nobiltà_ [31] _popolo_ [32] _C. Licínio Stolone_ [33] _L. Séstio_ [34] _tribúno_ [35] _popolo_ [36] _propórre_ [37] _legge_ [38] _scegliere_ [39] _cónsole_ [40] _d’infra’l popolo_ [41] _riuscíre_ [42] _seguénte_ [43] _L. Séstio fu eletto cónsole_ [44] _dopo_ [45] _guerra_ [46] _Tibúrti_ [47] _Tarquiniési_ [48] _Falísci_ [49] _Gálli_ [50] _méttersi_ [51] _órdine_ [52] _battáglia_ [53] _mandáre_ [54] _disfída_ [55] _uccídere_ [56] _certo M. Valério_ [57] _tribúno_ [58] _soldato_ [59] _assisténza_ [60] _corvo_ [61] _da ció_ [62] _cognóme_ [63] _Corvíno_ [64] _ma_ [65] _guerra_ [66] _gravóso_ [67] _lunga_ [68] _contro_ [69] _Sanníti_ [70] _intrapréndere_ [71] _richiésta_ [72] _Campáni_ [73] _duráre_ [74] _settánta_ [75] _benchè_ [76] _spesse volte_ [77] _battúto_ [78] _Latíno_ [79] _préndere l’armi_ [80] _contro_ [81] _vincere_ [82] _cónsoli Torquáto e Decio_ [83] _primo_ [84] _decapitáre_ [85] _figliuólo_ [86] _aver combáttuto_ [87] _senza_ [88] _órdine_ [89] _altro_ [90] _consacrársi_ [91] _morte_ [92] _armáta_ [93] _nemíco_ [94] _sottomettérsi_ [95] _poco dopo_ [96] _ribelláre_ [97] _alla fine_ [98] _affátto_ [99] _ridótto_ [100] _incírca_ [101] _Galli_ [102] _fare_ [103] _pace_ [104] _mantenere_ [105] _trenta_ [106] _Cisalpíno_ [107] _assieme con_ [108] _Transalpíno_ [109] _Galli_ [110] _Toscáni_ [111] _dare il guasto a_ [112] _Románo_ [113] _território_ [114] _ritornáre_ [115] _casa_ [116] _carico_ [117] _spóglia_ [118] _contendere_ [119] _quattro_ [120] _unírsi_ [121] _Sanníti_ [122] _Toscáni_ [123] _assalíre_ [124] _armáta_ [125] _comandáre_ [126] _L. Scipióne_ [127] _propretóre_ [128] _battáglia_ [129] _P. Decio_ [130] _cónsole_ [131] _sacrificò se stesso_ [132] _diéci_ [133] _Galli Senoni_ [134] _invitáto_ [135] _Lucáni_ [136] _Bruzi_ [137] _assediáre_ [138] _Arezzo_ [139] _víncere_ [140] _L. Cecílio_ [141] _pretore_ [142] _ammazzáre_ [143] _sconfítta_ [144] _vendicáre_ [145] _poco dopo_ [146] _sconfíggere_ [147] _Galli_ [148] _preso_ [149] _mandáre_ [150] _colónia_ [151] _Boj_ [152] _commósso_ [153] _duro_ [154] _condizione_ [155] _Senoni_ [156] _entráre_ [157] _alleánza_ [158] _Toscáni_ [159] _veníre a giornáta con_ [160] _lago_ [161] _Vadimóne_ [162] _battáglia_ [163] _quasi_ [164] _tutto_ [165] _uccíso_ [166] _poco_ [167] _scampáre_ [168] _succédere_ [169] _seguente_ [170] _affátto_ [171] _sottomesso_ [172] _incírca_ [173] _primachè_ [174] _Pirro_ [175] _veníre_ [176] _Itália_ [177] _Palepolitáni_ [178] _pariménte_ [179] _dove_ [180] _adésso_ [181] _Napóli_ [182] _avventuráre_ [183] _soggiogáto_ [184] _dopo_ [185] _cioè a dire_ [186] _próconsole Públio_ [187] _dódici_ [188] _nazióne_ [189] _essendosi levate in armi_ [190] _totale_ [191] _sterminio_ [192] _sconfíggere_ [193] _battáglia_ [194] _cónsole_ [195] _anno_ [196] _uccíso_ [197] _preso_ [198] _nemíco_ [199] _numero_ [200] _Tarentíni_ [201] _tirársi addósso_ [202] _Románo_ [203] _saccheggiáre_ [204] _flotta_ [205] _maltrattáre_ [206] _ambasciadóre_ [207] _veníre_ [208] _lamentársi_ [209] _ingiúria_ [210] _insiéme_ [211] _Sanníti_ [212] _Salentíni_ [213] _sconfítto_ [214] _Emílio Bárbula_ [215] _spaventáto_ [216] _sventúra_ [217] _mandár a cercáre_ [218] _Pirro_ [219] _ajúto_ [220] _trasportáre_ [221] _armáta_ [222] _Itália_ [223] _fare_ [224] _guerra_ [225] _duráre_ [226] _prima_ [227] _zuffa_ [228] _comandáto_ [229] _Lavínio_ [230] _superato_ [231] _sforza_ [232] _nemíco_ [233] _strano_ [234] _forma_ [235] _elefánte_ [236] _cédere_ [237] _vittoria_ [238] _rimandáre_ [239] _prigioniéro_ [240] _senza_ [241] _taglia_ [242] _poco dopo_ [243] _fatto_ [244] _inútile_ [245] _trattative_ [246] _pace_ [247] _ambasciadóre_ [248] _Cinéa_ [249] _perchè_ [250] _Áppio Cláudio_ [251] _impedíre_ [252] _attaccáre_ [253] _due volte_ [254] _vittória_ [255] _due_ [256] _dubbio_ [257] _allóra_ [258] _invitáto_ [259] _Siracuséi_ [260] _ad andáre in_ [261] _Cartaginése_ [262] _dove_ [263] _cosa_ [264] _riuscíre_ [265] _secóndo_ [266] _desiderio_ [267] _ritornáre_ [268] _Itália_ [269] _sconfítto_ [270] _forzato di sloggiáre_ [271] _accampamento_ [272] _scacciato_ [273] _Táranto_ [274] _Epíro_ CHAP. V. _(Of the World, 3790--Of Rome, 490.)_ [1]After this, a [2]war [3]broke out [4]between the Romans and the [5]Carthaginians, in the year of the city 490, [6]occasioned by the [7]ambition and [8]formidable [9]power of each of them. [10]Hiero, king of Syracuse, and [11]ally of the Carthaginians, [12]made war against the [13]Mamertini, who had [14]seized upon Messana. They [15]applied to the Romans for [16]help, who [17]carrying over an [18]army into [19]Sicily, [20]fell upon Hiero, and the Carthaginians. The [21]fortune of the war was for a [22]long time very [23]doubtful; the Carthaginians [24]being successful by [25]sea, and the Romans by [26]land. The most [27]memorable [28]person in all this war was [29]Attilius Regulus, who having [30]brought the Carthaginians [31]very low by two [32]victories [33]obtained over them at sea and land; and [34]refusing to [35]grant them [36]peace but upon [37]hard terms, he was [38]vanquished by [39]Xantippus the [40]Lacedæmonian [41]general, and [42]taken [43]prisoner with 15,000 [44]men, 30,000 being [45]slain, in the year 498. Being [46]afterwards [47]sent to [48]Rome by the [49]Carthaginians, to [50]treat with the [51]senate upon an [52]exchange of [53]prisoners, he [54]interposed to [55]prevent it, and [56]returning to [57]Carthage, was [58]put to [59]death in the most [60]cruel [61]manner [62]imaginable, as [63]many [64]authors [65]tell us. The [66]first among the Romans that [67]obtained a [68]victory by sea, was C. [69]Duilius, in the first year of this [70]war. C. [71]Lutatius [72]gained [73]another in the 23rd and [74]last year; in which he [75]made an end of the war with the Carthaginians, [76]near the [77]island of the [78]Ægates. A [79]peace was [80]concluded upon these [81]terms, that they should [82]quit all the islands which [83]lie between Italy and Africa, and should [84]pay [85]yearly 2,200 [86]talents for [87]twenty years [88]together. This [89]happened in the year of the city 513, and 241 before [90]Christ. In the year 519, the [91]temple of [92]Janus was [93]shut, which very rarely [94]happened in Rome; but upon the [95]breaking out of new wars, it was [96]soon [97]open again. The [98]Ligures, the Sardi, and Corsi were [99]subdued; after which the Romans [100]had war with the [101]Illyrians, and their [102]queen Teuta, which war was [103]ended in [104]three years time. There [105]happened [106]about this [107]time a [108]dreadful [109]irruption of the [110]Gauls. The [111]Insubres and [112]Boii, having [113]first [114]sent for some [115]transalpine Gauls, [116]fell upon the Romans, [117]on account of the [118]land in Picene, that had been [119]taken from the Galli [120]Senones, and [121]disposed of by [122]Flaminius, [123]tribune of the [124]people, by virtue of the [125]Agrarian law, [126]made in the year of the city 452. They were [127]several times [128]worsted, and the Insubres [129]entirely [130]subdued, and king [131]Virdumarus [132]slain by C. [133]Marcellus, the [134]consul, who was the only person after [135]Romulus that [136]consecrated [137]Opima Spolia to [138]Jupiter Feretrius. In this war Hiero, king of Sicily, [139]sent the Romans a [140]vast quantity of [141]corn, the [142]price of which he [143]received after the war was [144]ended. After this, [145]followed a [146]second war with the Carthaginians, four and twenty years after the [147]end of the [148]former; which [149]indeed did not [150]last [151]so long, but was [152]so much more [153]terrible for the [154]dreadful [155]slaughter that was made in it ([156]says Florus) that if [157]any one [158]compared the [159]losses on [160]each side, the [161]people that [162]proved [163]victorious [164]seemed more [165]likely to be [166]conquered. The first cause of this war was the [167]same with that of the former, [168]ambition and the [169]impatience of the Carthaginians [170]under their [171]servitude. The first cause of this [172]combustion was [173]Hannibal, the son of [174]Hamilcar, who was [175]general of the [176]Carthaginians in the [177]former [178]war, and had [179]accepted the [180]conditions of peace [181]with a heavy heart. For after [182]affairs were [183]settled in Africa, being [184]sent into [185]Spain, in the year of the city 517, he [186]carried along with him Hannibal, who [187]was then nine years old, having [188]first [189]brought him before an [190]altar, and [191]made him [192]swear that he [193]never would be a [194]friend to the Romans. Hamilcar being [195]slain about nine years after, Asdrubal, his son-in-law, was [196]put in his [197]place. He [198]sent for Hannibal, and being slain himself eight years after, was [199]succeeded by him, [200]being in the 27th year of his age. [201]As soon as he was made [202]general, he [203]conquered all Spain within the river [204]Iberus. After that he [205]fell upon the [206]town of [207]Saguntum with all his [208]forces, and [209]took it, after a [210]siege of seven [211]months. The [212]Saguntines having [213]in vain [214]waited for [215]assistance from the Romans, [216]were all destroyed [217]partly by the [218]enemy’s [219]sword, and [220]partly by their own [221]hands. This war [222]broke out in the year of the city 536; and [223]lasted seventeen years. Upon the first [224]coming of Hannibal into Italy, both the [225]consuls were [226]defeated, P. [227]Cornelius at [228]Ticinum, and [229]Sempronius at Trebia. They [230]received a greater [231]overthrow the [232]following year near the [233]Thrasymene [234]lake. [235]In the mean time, Q. [236]Fabius Maximus being made [237]dictator by the [238]people, [239]recovered in some [240]measure the Roman [241]affairs. But the most [242]fatal [243]stroke was that of Cannæ, in the year of the city 538, [244]occasioned by the [245]rashness of one of the [246]consuls, [247]Terentius Varro. [248]Forty thousand Romans were [249]killed in that [250]battle: [251]however, their [252]courage was not [253]cast down by this [254]overthrow; [255]for they would not [256]redeem those that had been [257]taken [258]prisoners, in the battle of Cannæ. In the year 540, the [259]consul [260]Marcellus [261]besieged [262]Syracuse, which had [263]declared for the Carthaginians; it was [264]wonderfully [265]defended a long time by the [266]contrivance of [267]Archimedes, who was an [268]excellent [269]astronomer, but more [270]famous for the [271]invention of [272]military [273]engines. It was [274]taken [275]at last with [276]much [277]difficulty, after a [278]siege of three years. We are [279]told that Archimedes being very [280]intent upon his [281]study at that time, and not [282]minding the [283]hurry, and [284]noise of the [285]army, when they [286]broke into the [287]town, was [288]killed by a [289]soldier; that Marcellus was much [290]concerned for his [291]death, having [292]given [293]strict [294]charge to his [295]men to [296]spare his [297]life. [298]In the mean time, [299]Lævinus the [300]prætor [301]stopt [302]Philip king of [303]Macedon, who having made an [304]alliance with Hannibal, was [305]ready to [306]come into Italy, and [307]forced him to [308]burn his [309]fleet, and [310]retreat into Macedon, in the year of the city 542. But in Spain, the two [311]brothers P. and C. [312]Scipio, who had [313]till then [314]prevented Hasdrubal’s [315]passage into Italy to his brother Hannibal, and had [316]performed a great many [317]gallant actions, were both slain, and their [318]armies [319]destroyed. L. Marcus, a Roman knight, being [320]chosen general, by the [321]votes of the [322]soldiers, [323]upheld their [324]tottering [325]cause; by whose [326]conduct in one [327]day, and a [328]night, two [329]camps of the [330]enemy were [331]taken by [332]assault, and about [333]thirty-seven thousand [334]men [335]slain. The [336]same year [337]Tarentum, [338]except the [339]citadel, was taken by Hannibal; and Capua [340]besieged by the Romans; and Hannibal [341]marched to Rome to [342]draw them from it. But a [343]sudden [344]storm [345]arising, [346]forced him from the [347]walls, and the [348]sight of it. Capua was after that [349]surrendered to the Romans, the [350]grandees of which [351]poisoned themselves; the [352]senators were [353]beheaded, and the city [354]deprived of its [355]liberty. There was a [356]son of that P. Scipio, who, as we have said was [357]killed in [358]Spain, [359]named [360]likewise P. Scipio, who after the [361]death of his [362]father and [363]uncle, was [364]sent into Spain, [365]being but twenty-four years old. There having [366]performed very great [367]things, and [368]vanquished Hasdrubal, the son of [369]Gisco and [370]Mago, [371]he drove the Carthaginians out of Spain, in five years after he [372]came there; from thence [373]passing over into Africa, he [374]made an [375]alliance with [376]Syphax, king of the [377]Masylians, and after that with Masanissa, king of the [378]Masasulians. These things [379]were done in the year 548, and the [380]third from the [381]death of [382]Marcellus; who having been [383]successful in [384]several [385]battles with Hannibal, was [386]at last, [387]trepanned by an [388]ambuscade, and slain. In the [389]following year, Hasdrubal was [390]cut off, with his [391]army [392]before he could [393]join his [394]brother, by the two [395]consuls, [396]Claudius Nero and [397]Livius Salinator. Hannibal was [398]then in Apulia, [399]opposed by Nero the consul. [400]Livy was [401]encamped in [402]Cisalpine Gaul [403]against Hasdrubal, Nero [404]marched [405]through Italy [406]privately, in six [407]days time, [408]came to the [409]camp of his [410]colleague with a [411]part of his [412]army, and having [413]conquered the [414]enemy, [415]returned to his camp before Hannibal [416]perceived that he was [417]gone. There are [418]said to have been 56,000 of the [419]enemy [420]slain in the [421]battle, and 5,400 [422]taken [423]prisoners. The head [424]of Hasdrubal was [425]thrown before the [426]advanced guard of the Carthaginians by Nero. P. Scipio [427]resolved to [428]carry the [429]war into Africa, that he might [430]draw Hannibal out of Italy; but [431]at first that being [432]looked upon as a [433]rash [434]design, he had neither [435]money nor [436]men from the [437]government. [438]Wherefore, having [439]raised none but [440]volunteers, and [441]borrowed money, he first [442]went to [443]Sicily, and [444]from thence to Africa, in the year 550; [445]when the [446]image of the [447]Idæan mother was [448]brought from [449]Pessinus in [450]Phrygia, to Rome, [451]according to the [452]advice of [453]the oracle. The general [454]employed [455]against him by the [456]Carthaginians was Hasdrubal, the son of Gisco, who had [457]contracted his daughter [458]Sophonisba to Masanissa. But the Carthaginians had [459]given her to [460]Syphax, (who being [461]in love with the [462]young lady, [463]laid waste their [464]country in the [465]absence of her [466]father and [467]husband) to [468]take him off from the Roman [469]alliance: at which [470]usage Masanissa being [471]incensed, he [472]gave himself up [473]entirely to the Roman [474]interest, and was very [475]serviceable to them in [476]reducing the Carthaginians. [477]After a great many [478]overthrows, the Carthaginians [479]found themselves [480]obliged to [481]recall Hannibal out of Italy, to the [482]defence of their country, where, after a [483]fruitless [484]overture of [485]peace, he was [486]vanquished by Scipio, and an [487]end was put to the [488]war, after it had [489]lasted seven years. The second [490]Punic war was [491]followed by the [492]Macedonian, [493]against king Philip. That which put the Romans upon it was the [494]former injuries [495]Philip had done them, [496]as likewise the late [497]vexation he had given their [498]allies, [499]especially the Athenians, who being [500]harassed by the king, [501]fled to the Romans. [502]At length [503]Titus Quinctius Flaminius [504]put an end to the war, four years after it [505]began, by the [506]conquest of Philip at [507]Cynoscephalæ, in [508]Thessaly. After this [509]followed the war with [510]Antiochus, king of Asia, who having [511]recovered Syria, and [512]conquered Scopas, the general of [513]Ptolemæus Epiphanes, [514]began now to be [515]formidable to the Romans, [516]against whom Hannibal did not a little [517]inflame him; who, for [518]fear of the same [519]enemy, had [520]fled to the king. The [521]ambassadors of the [522]Ætolians too, who were now [523]averse to the Roman [524]alliance, [525]contributed not a [526]little towards it. Antiochus [527]therefore having [528]clapped up a peace with [529]Ptolemy, to whom he [530]gave his daughter Cleopatra in [531]marriage, and [532]granted [533]Cœlo Syria, and [534]Judea by way of [535]portion, [536]made war upon the Romans, which being begun in the year of the city 562, [537]lasted three years in all. For in the year 565, L. [538]Cornelius Scipio the [539]consul, [540]going over into Asia, with his brother P. Scipio [541]Africanus, as his [542]lieutenant, did, by the [543]assistance, [544]chiefly of his [545]counsel, [546]conquer Antiochus. Livy [547]tells us, there were 50,000 [548]foot [549]slain in one [550]battle, and 4,000 [551]horse. A peace was [552]granted Antiochus [553]upon the following condition [554]among others, that he should [555]recede [556]from all the countries [557]on this side [558]mount Taurus. After Antiochus was [559]conquered, the Ætolians were [560]reduced by Fulvius the consul; and the same year the Gallo-Greci were [561]subdued by the other [562]consul, Cneius Manlius. In the 149th [563]Olympiad [564]died three [565]famous generals, P. Scipio, Hannibal, and [566]Philopæmen. Scipio was [567]impeached for [568]taking [569]money of Antiochus for the peace [570]he granted him; after which he [571]retired to [572]Liturnum in Campania, and [573]died there in the year of the city 570. Hannibal a year or two after (for [574]historians are not [575]agreed upon the [576]matter) being [577]demanded of Drusias, king of Bythynia, by the Roman [578]ambassadors, [579]in order to be [580]put to [581]death, [582]poisoned himself. [583]About the [584]same time Philopæmen, general of the [585]Achæans, was [586]taken by the [587]Messenians, and [588]slain, after he had [589]forced to a [590]submission the Lacedæmonians, who had [591]thrown off the Achæan [592]alliance. In the mean time Philip, being [593]checked [594]rather than [595]conquered in the [596]former war, was [597]very busy in [598]making [599]preparations for [600]another; but before [601]matters were [602]ripe [603]enough [604]for that purpose, he died, and was [605]succeeded by his son [606]Perseus, who [607]went on with the [608]preparations of war [609]against the Romans; which was [610]finished in four years after its [611]beginning with the [612]ruin of him and the [613]kingdom of Macedon [614]together, in the year of the city 586. The general [615]employed by the Romans in that war, was [616]Paulus Æmilius, who in one [617]battle, [618]wherein were slain 20,000 [619]men, and 11,000 [620]taken [621]prisoners, [622]put a [623]final period to the [624]Macedonian [625]empire in the [626]11th year of king Perseus. About the same time, [627]Gentius, king of the [628]Illyrians, being [629]trepanned into an [630]alliance by Perseus, was [631]conquered by [632]Amicius the [633]prætor. After the [634]conquest of Antiochus, the Macedonians [635]rebelled again, but were [636]subdued, and Macedon [637]reduced to the [638]rank of a [639]province. Some time after a war [640]broke out with the [641]Achæans, who having [642]pulled down all the [643]walls of [644]Lacedæmon, and [645]taken away their [646]ancient [647]laws, had [648]obliged them to [649]unite with them; which the Lacedæmonians [650]complained of to the Romans, who [651]sent [652]against the Achæans Metellus the prætor, by whom they were [653]defeated in two [654]engagements at [655]Thermopylæ, and in [656]Phocis; and [657]presently after [658]entirely reduced by the consul [659]L. Nummius, and [660]Corinth, the [661]metropolis of their [662]nation, [663]burnt. The same year Carthage was [664]taken and [665]destroyed. The [666]occasion of this war was a [667]difference [668]between Masanissa and the Carthaginians [669]about their [670]territories; which [671]controversy being [672]referred to the Romans, they obliged the Carthaginians to [673]give up the [674]country in [675]dispute, and [676]money, also, to Masanissa. But the Romans had [677]before-hand [678]resolved [679]utterly to [680]raze Carthage, [681]right or wrong, [682]chiefly at the [683]instigation of [684]Marcus Cato the censor, who, whenever he [685]gave his [686]opinion upon any [687]debate in the [688]senate, [689]used [690]finally to [691]add, Carthage [692]must be [693]destroyed. [694]Wherefore in the year of the city 605, Carthage was [695]besieged by the consuls [696]Manilius and [697]Censorinus. They soon after [698]surrendered to the Romans; but being [699]ordered to [700]demolish their city, and [701]fix themselves at ten [702]miles [703]distance from the [704]sea, they were so [705]inflamed with [706]fury and [707]despair, that they [708]held out even [709]beyond their [710]strength, [711]till in the fourth year, the [712]same in which [713]Corinth was destroyed, it was [714]taken by [715]P. Cornelius Scipio, the [716]proconsul, who was [717]Paulus Æmilius’s son, and had been [718]adopted by the son of Scipio Africanus. At the [719]beginning of the war Masanissa, king of the [720]Numidians, [721]died, in the 97th year of his [722]age, having [723]left behind him forty-four sons, and [724]continued [725]an ally of the Romans near 60 years. FOOTNOTES [1] _dopo_ [2] _guerra_ [3] _destarsi_ [4] _tra_ [5] _Cartaginése_ [6] _causáre_ [7] _ambizióne_ [8] _formidábile_ [9] _potére_ [10] _Gerone_ [11] _alleáto_ [12] _guerreggiáre_ [13] _Mamertíni_ [14] _usurpáto_ [15] _ricorrere_ [16] _ajúto_ [17] _trasportáre_ [18] _armáta_ [19] _Sicília_ [20] _attaccáre_ [21] _sorte_ [22] _lungo tempo_ [23] _incérto_ [24] _prosperando_ [25] _mare_ [26] _terra_ [27] _memorábile_ [28] _persóna_ [29] _Attílio Régolo_ [30] _abbattúto_ [31] _fortemente_ [32] _vittória_ [33] _riportáto_ [34] _rifiutáre_ [35] _accordáre_ [36] _pace_ [37] _dure condizioni_ [38] _vinto_ [39] _Santíppo_ [40] _Lacedémone_ [41] _generále_ [42] _fatto_ [43] _prigióne_ [44] _uómo_ [45] _uccíso_ [46] _indi_ [47] _mandáto_ [48] _Roma_ [49] _Cartaginési_ [50] _trattáre_ [51] _senáto_ [52] _cámbio_ [53] _prigioniéro_ [54] _interpórre_ [55] _impedíre_ [56] _tornáre_ [57] _Cartágine_ [58] _messo_ [59] _morte_ [60] _crudéle_ [61] _maniéra_ [62] _immaginábile_ [63] _molto_ [64] _autóre_ [65] _rapportáre_ [66] _primo_ [67] _riportáre_ [68] _vittória_ [69] _Duílio_ [70] _guerra_ [71] _Lutázio_ [72] _guadagnare_ [73] _altro_ [74] _último_ [75] _termináre_ [76] _vicíno_ [77] _ísola_ [78] _Egáte_ [79] _pace_ [80] _conclúso_ [81] _condizióne_ [82] _abbandonáre_ [83] _situáto_ [84] _pagáre_ [85] _annualménte_ [86] _talénto_ [87] _venti_ [88] _di séguito_ [89] _succédere_ [90] _Cristo_ [91] _témpio_ [92] _Giáno_ [93] _chiúso_ [94] _raraménte_ [95] _scopiáre_ [96] _presto_ [97] _apérto_ [98] _Líguri_ [99] _vinto_ [100] _guerreggiáre_ [101] _Illírici_ [102] _regína_ [103] _termináre_ [104] _tre anni_ [105] _avveníre_ [106] _incírca_ [107] _tempo_ [108] _terríbile_ [109] _incursióne_ [110] _Galli_ [111] _Insúbri_ [112] _Boj_ [113] _prima_ [114] _mandáre_ [115] _transalpíno_ [116] _attaccáre_ [117] _a cagióne_ [118] _terra_ [119] _tolto_ [120] _Sénoni_ [121] _distribuíre_ [122] _Flaminio_ [123] _tribuno_ [124] _pópolo_ [125] _legge Agrária_ [126] _fatto_ [127] _parécchie volte_ [128] _malmenato_ [129] _affátto_ [130] _soggiogato_ [131] _Virdumáro_ [132] _uccíso_ [133] _Marcéllo_ [134] _cónsole_ [135] _Rómolo_ [136] _consacráre_ [137] _Opíma spóglia_ [138] _Gióve Ferétrio_ [139] _mandáre_ [140] _imménsa quantità_ [141] _grano_ [142] _prezzo_ [143] _ricévere_ [144] _termináto_ [145] _seguíre_ [146] _secóndo_ [147] _fine_ [148] _precedénte_ [149] _alla verità_ [150] _duráre_ [151] _cotánto_ [152] _tanto_ [153] _più_ [154] _terríbile_ [155] _orréndo_ [156] _macéllo_ [157] _al dire di Floro_ [158] _paragonáre_ [159] _pérdita_ [160] _da ambe le parti_ [161] _nazione_ [162] _sortíre_ [163] _vittorióso_ [164] _parére_ [165] _più presto_ [166] _vinto_ [167] _stesso_ [168] _ambizióne_ [169] _impaziénza_ [170] _sotto_ [171] _servitù_ [172] _incéndio_ [173] _Anníbale_ [174] _Amílcare_ [175] _generále_ [176] _Cartaginési_ [177] _antecedénte_ [178] _guerra_ [179] _accettáto_ [180] _condizióne_ [181] _di mal animo_ [182] _affáre_ [183] _stabilíto_ [184] _mandáto_ [185] _Spagna_ [186] _condurre seco_ [187] _avére allóra nove anni_ [188] _primieraménte_ [189] _presentáto_ [190] _altáre_ [191] _fatto_ [192] _giuráre_ [193] _mai_ [194] _amíco_ [195] _uccíso_ [196] _messo_ [197] _posto_ [198] _mandár a cercáre_ [199] _succédere_ [200] _in età di venti sette anni_ [201] _súbito che_ [202] _fatto_ [203] _conquistáre_ [204] _fiúme Ibéro_ [205] _investíre_ [206] _città_ [207] _Sagúnto_ [208] _forza_ [209] _préndere_ [210] _assédio_ [211] _mese_ [212] _Saguntíni_ [213] _indárno_ [214] _aspettáto_ [215] _assisténza_ [216] _períre tutti_ [217] _parte_ [218] _nemíco_ [219] _spada_ [220] _parte_ [221] _mano_ [222] _principiáre_ [223] _duráre_ [224] _venúta_ [225] _cónsole_ [226] _sconfítto_ [227] _Cornélio_ [228] _Ticíno_ [229] _Semprónio_ [230] _ricévere_ [231] _rotta_ [232] _seguénte_ [233] _Trasiméne_ [234] _lago_ [235] _nell’ istésso témpo_ [236] _Fábio Mássimo_ [237] _dittatóre_ [238] _pópolo_ [239] _rimettere_ [240] _modo_ [241] _affáre_ [242] _fatále_ [243] _colpo_ [244] _cagionáto_ [245] _temerità_ [246] _cónsole_ [247] _Terénzio Varróne_ [248] _quaránta mila_ [249] _uccíso_ [250] _battáglia_ [251] _con tutto ciò_ [252] _corággio_ [253] _abbattuto_ [254] _rotta_ [255] _così che_ [256] _riscattáre_ [257] _preso_ [258] _prigioniéro_ [259] _cónsole_ [260] _Marcéllo_ [261] _assediáre_ [262] _Siracúsa_ [263] _dichiaráto_ [264] _maravigliosaménte_ [265] _diféso_ [266] _ingégno_ [267] _Archímede_ [268] _eccellénte_ [269] _astrónomo_ [270] _famóso_ [271] _invenzióne_ [272] _militáre_ [273] _mácchina_ [274] _preso_ [275] _alla fine_ [276] _molto_ [277] _difficoltà_ [278] _assédio_ [279] _dire_ [280] _fisso_ [281] _stúdio_ [282] _badáre_ [283] _confusióne_ [284] _strépito_ [285] _armáta_ [286] _avventársi_ [287] _città_ [288] _uccíso_ [289] _soldáto_ [290] _afflítto_ [291] _morte_ [292] _dato_ [293] _precíso_ [294] _órdine_ [295] _génte_ [296] _salváre_ [297] _vita_ [298] _nell’ istésso tempo_ [299] _Lavínio_ [300] _pretóre_ [301] _fermáre_ [302] _Filíppo_ [303] _Macedónia_ [304] _alleánza_ [305] _stava per_ [306] _veníre_ [307] _forzáre_ [308] _abbruciáre_ [309] _flotta_ [310] _ritirársi_ [311] _fratéllo_ [312] _Scipióne_ [313] _fin allóra_ [314] _impedíto_ [315] _passággio_ [316] _fare_ [317] _azioni valorose_ [318] _armáta_ [319] _distrútta_ [320] _elétto_ [321] _voto_ [322] _soldáto_ [323] _sostenére_ [324] _vacillánte_ [325] _causa_ [326] _condótta_ [327] _giórno_ [328] _notte_ [329] _campo_ [330] _nemíco_ [331] _preso_ [332] _assálto_ [333] _trenta sette mila_ [334] _uómo_ [335] _uccíso_ [336] _stesso_ [337] _Táranto_ [338] _eccettuáto_ [339] _cittadella_ [340] _assediáto_ [341] _marciáre_ [342] _trarre_ [343] _repentíno_ [344] _tempésta_ [345] _sollevársi_ [346] _lo costrínse d’allontanarsi_ [347] _muro_ [348] _vista_ [349] _reso_ [350] _grande_ [351] _avvelenársi_ [352] _senatóre_ [353] _decapitáto_ [354] _priváto_ [355] _libertà_ [356] _figlio_ [357] _ammazzáto_ [358] _Spagna_ [359] _nomináto_ [360] _pariménte_ [361] _morte_ [362] _padre_ [363] _zio_ [364] _mandáto_ [365] _non avéndo che 24 anni_ [366] _fatto_ [367] _cosa_ [368] _vinto_ [369] _Giscóne_ [370] _Magóne_ [371] _scacciáre_ [372] _veníre_ [373] _passáre_ [374] _fare_ [375] _alleánza_ [376] _Sifáce_ [377] _Masiliáni_ [378] _Masasuliáni_ [379] _succédere_ [380] _terzo_ [381] _morte_ [382] _Marcéllo_ [383] _fortunáto_ [384] _molto_ [385] _battáglia_ [386] _alla fine_ [387] _tiráto_ [388] _imboscata_ [389] _seguente_ [390] _tagliáto a pezzi_ [391] _armáta_ [392] _prima che_ [393] _unírsi_ [394] _fratéllo_ [395] _cónsole_ [396] _Claudio Neróne_ [397] _Lívio Salinatóre_ [398] _allóra_ [399] _oppósto_ [400] _Lívio_ [401] _accampáto_ [402] _Gállia Cisalpína_ [403] _contro_ [404] _marciáre_ [405] _attravérso_ [406] _segretaménte_ [407] _giórno_ [408] _veníre_ [409] _campo_ [410] _colléga_ [411] _parte_ [412] _armáta_ [413] _vinto_ [414] _nemíco_ [415] _tornáre_ [416] _accórgersi_ [417] _andáto_ [418] _dire_ [419] _nemíco_ [420] _uccíso_ [421] _battáglia_ [422] _preso_ [423] _prigioniéro_ [424] _testa_ [425] _gettáta_ [426] _la guárdia avanzáta_ [427] _risólvere_ [428] _portáre_ [429] _guerra_ [430] _trarre_ [431] _alla prima_ [432] _consideráto_ [433] _temerário_ [434] _diségno_ [435] _danáro_ [436] _gente_ [437] _govérno_ [438] _perciò_ [439] _leváre_ [440] _voluntário_ [441] _pigliar ad imprestito_ [442] _andáre_ [443] _Sicília_ [444] _di là_ [445] _quando_ [446] _simulácro_ [447] _madre Idéa_ [448] _portáto_ [449] _Pessínno_ [450] _Frígia_ [451] _secóndo_ [452] _consíglio_ [453] _orácolo_ [454] _impiegáto_ [455] _contro_ [456] _Cartaginési_ [457] _promésso_ [458] _Sofonísba_ [459] _dato_ [460] _Sifáce_ [461] _innamoráto_ [462] _gióvane_ [463] _devastáre_ [464] _paése_ [465] _assénza_ [466] _padre_ [467] _consórte_ [468] _distrárre_ [469] _alleánza_ [470] _tratto_ [471] _irritáto_ [472] _dedicarsi_ [473] _affátto_ [474] _interésse_ [475] _utile_ [476] _debelláre_ [477] _dopo_ [478] _sconfítta_ [479] _trovársi_ [480] _obbligáto_ [481] _richiamáre_ [482] _difesa_ [483] _vano_ [484] _trattativa_ [485] _pace_ [486] _vinto_ [487] _termináto_ [488] _guerra_ [489] _duráto_ [490] _Púnico_ [491] _seguíto_ [492] _Macédonico_ [493] _contro_ [494] _precedénte_ [495] _ingiúria_ [496] _come anche_ [497] _fastídio_ [498] _confederáto_ [499] _specialménte_ [500] _molestáre_ [501] _volgersi_ [502] _alla fine_ [503] _Tito Quínzio Flamínio_ [504] _termináre_ [505] _principiáre_ [506] _col vincere_ [507] _Cinoscefále_ [508] _Tesságlia_ [509] _seguíre_ [510] _Antíoco_ [511] _ricuperáto_ [512] _conquistato_ [513] _Toloméo Epífane_ [514] _principiáre_ [515] _formidábile_ [516] _contro_ [517] _infiammáre_ [518] _paúra_ [519] _nemíco_ [520] _fuggíto_ [521] _ambasciadóre_ [522] _Etoliáni_ [523] _contrário_ [524] _alleánza_ [525] _contribuíre_ [526] _poco_ [527] _perciò_ [528] _fatto una pace finta_ [529] _Toloméo_ [530] _dare_ [531] _matrimónio_ [532] _concédere_ [533] _Celo Síria_ [534] _Giudéa_ [535] _dote_ [536] _impréndere guerra_ [537] _duráre_ [538] _Cornélio Scipióne_ [539] _cónsole_ [540] _passáre_ [541] _l’Africáno_ [542] _luogotenénte_ [543] _ajúto_ [544] _sopra tutto_ [545] _consíglio_ [546] _vincere_ [547] _dire_ [548] _soldati d’infantería_ [549] _uccíso_ [550] _battáglia_ [551] _cavalleria_ [552] _concésso a_ [553] _con questo patto_ [554] _fra_ [555] _ritirarsi_ [556] _da tutto il paese_ [557] _di quà dal_ [558] _monte Tauro_ [559] _vinto_ [560] _debelláto_ [561] _soggiogáto_ [562] _cónsole Gneo Mánlio_ [563] _Olimpíade_ [564] _moríre_ [565] _famóso_ [566] _Filopeméno_ [567] _accusato_ [568] _d’aver ricevuto_ [569] _danáro_ [570] _accordáre_ [571] _ritirársi_ [572] _Litúrno_ [573] _moríre_ [574] _istórico_ [575] _d’accórdo_ [576] _cosa_ [577] _richiésto_ [578] _ambasciadóre_ [579] _acciò_ [580] _messo_ [581] _morte_ [582] _avvelenársi_ [583] _incírca_ [584] _stesso tempo_ [585] _Achei_ [586] _preso_ [587] _Messenj_ [588] _uccíso_ [589] _costrétto_ [590] _sommettersi_ [591] _rinunziato_ [592] _alleánza_ [593] _sbattuto_ [594] _piuttósto_ [595] _debelláto_ [596] _precedénte_ [597] _affaccendáto_ [598] _fare_ [599] _preparatívo_ [600] _altro_ [601] _cosa_ [602] _matúro_ [603] _abbastánza_ [604] _a questo effetto_ [605] _gli successe_ [606] _Perséo_ [607] _continuáre_ [608] _preparatívo_ [609] _contro_ [610] _termináto_ [611] _princípio_ [612] _rovína_ [613] _regno_ [614] _ancóra_ [615] _impiegáto_ [616] _Páolo Emílio_ [617] _battáglia_ [618] _nella quále_ [619] _uómo_ [620] _fatto_ [621] _prigioniéro_ [622] _méttere_ [623] _termine_ [624] _Macedonico_ [625] _império_ [626] _undécimo_ [627] _Génzio_ [628] _Illírj_ [629] _trascinato_ [630] _alleánza_ [631] _vinto_ [632] _Amício_ [633] _pretóre_ [634] _sconfitta_ [635] _ribellársi_ [636] _soggiogáto_ [637] _ridótto_ [638] _forma_ [639] _província_ [640] _accendersi_ [641] _Achei_ [642] _demolíto_ [643] _mura_ [644] _Lacedemónia_ [645] _leváre via_ [646] _antíco_ [647] _legge_ [648] _obbligáre_ [649] _unírsi_ [650] _lamentársi_ [651] _mandáre_ [652] _contro_ [653] _sconfítto_ [654] _battáglia_ [655] _Termópile_ [656] _Focíde_ [657] _poco dopo_ [658] _affátto_ [659] _L. Númmio_ [660] _Corínti_ [661] _metrópoli_ [662] _nazióne_ [663] _bruciáto_ [664] _preso_ [665] _distrútto_ [666] _cagióne_ [667] _disputa_ [668] _tra_ [669] _rispétto a_ [670] _território_ [671] _controvérsia_ [672] _referito_ [673] _abbandonáre_ [674] _paése_ [675] _dispúta_ [676] _danáro_ [677] _anticipataménte_ [678] _risólvere_ [679] _intieraménte_ [680] _spianáre_ [681] _a diritto o a torto_ [682] _sopra tutto_ [683] _istigazióne_ [684] _Marco Catóne censóre_ [685] _dare_ [686] _opinióne_ [687] _discussióne_ [688] _senáto_ [689] _solére_ [690] _per conclusione_ [691] _aggiúngere_ [692] _bisógna_ [693] _distrútto_ [694] _perciò_ [695] _assediáto_ [696] _Manílio_ [697] _Censoríno_ [698] _arréndersi_ [699] _comandáto_ [700] _demolíre_ [701] _stabilírsi_ [702] _miglia_ [703] _di distánza_ [704] _mare_ [705] _infiammáto_ [706] _collera_ [707] _disperazióne_ [708] _sostenérsi_ [709] _oltre_ [710] _forza_ [711] _infíno_ [712] _stesso_ [713] _Corínto_ [714] _preso_ [715] _P. Cornélio Scipióne_ [716] _procónsole_ [717] _Páolo Emílio_ [718] _adottáto_ [719] _princípio_ [720] _Numídi_ [721] _moríre_ [722] _età_ [723] _lasciáto_ [724] _continuáto_ [725] _nell’alleanza_ CHAP. VI. (_Of the World, 3908--Of Rome, 608._) [1]About the same time the [2]Lusitanians in [3]Spain [4]beat the Romans most [5]shamefully [6]under the [7]conduct of [8]Viriathus; who from a [9]huntsman [10]became a [11]highwayman; and from a highwayman, a general, and [12]defeated the Roman [13]armies [14]several times. But that [15]overthrow was most [16]memorable of all [17]others, in which, in the year 608, having [18]routed the [19]forces of [20]Vetilius the [21]prætor, [22]he took him prisoner, and [23]put him [24]to death, according to [25]Appian. Nor was he the [26]only one that was [27]conquered by Viriathus, but several others [28]underwent the same [29]fate. The first that was [30]successful [31]against him was [32]C. Lælius the prætor, in the year 609. After which the proconsul [33]Quintius Fabius Maximus [34]defeated him. In the year 614, [35]Q. Servilius Cæpio [36]basely [37]procured him to be [38]assassinated by some of his own [39]officers, whom he had [40]bribed [41]for that purpose, to the great [42]dishonour of the Roman [43]name. After this a much more [44]dangerous war [45]broke out in Celtiberia. The Numantini having [46]received the [47]Segidenses their [48]allies, that had [49]escaped the [50]hands of the Romans, were [51]commanded by Metellus the proconsul, [52]to deliver up the [53]refugees, and [54]lay down their [55]arms, but they [56]refused both: and [57]though they were so much [58]inferior to the Romans, in [59]number and [60]strength, they [61]made a [62]gallant [63]resistance for some [64]years. The [65]army of [66]M. Popilius the proconsul, was [67]cut off by them, and the year [68]following, [69]thirty [70]thousand Romans, under the consul Mancinus, were [71]routed by four thousand of the Numantini; which [72]disgrace was [73]followed by a most [74]shameful [75]peace; but the senate [76]refused to [77]ratify it; [78]wherefore Mancinus was [79]delivered up into their hands, but the Numantini would not [80]receive him. [81]At last they were [82]vanquished in the [83]field by Scipio, who had [84]destroyed Carthage; and being [85]shut up within their own [86]walls, were [87]reduced to [88]so desperate a condition, that they all [89]laid violent hands upon themselves; and Numantia was [90]levelled with the ground, in the ninth year after their [91]revolt from the Romans, and from the [92]foundation of the city 621. [93]Whilst the Romans were [94]still at war with the [95]Achæans and Carthaginians, Macedon was [96]conquered a third time. [97]Andriscus, a [98]man of [99]mean birth, who [100]pretended to be [101]Philip the son of [102]Perseus, had [103]possessed himself of it. He was conquered by [104]Q. Cæcilius Metellus, with the [105]slaughter of 25,000 [106]of his men. Metellus had [107]from thence [108]the surname of [109]Macedonicus. At the time that the Romans were [110]engaged in the [111]Numantine war, there was a [112]rising of the [113]slaves in Sicily. A [114]Syrian, [115]by name Eunus, [116]pretending to a [117]divine [118]inspiration, [119]called the slaves to [120]arms and [121]liberty, [122]as it were by the [123]order of the [124]gods; and having [125]raised a [126]vast [127]army, [128]consisting of no less than 70,000 men, he [129]vanquished four Roman prætors, and was [130]at last [131]routed himself, by P. Rupilius the consul, in the year of the city 622. Attalus, son of [132]Eumenes, king of [133]Phrygia, when his [134]uncle Attalus was [135]dead (who after Eumenes’ death had [136]managed the [137]kingdom as his [138]guardian), [139]reigned five years, and dying about the year of the city 621, made the Roman people his [140]heir: which [141]Aristonicus, a son of Eumenes by one of his [142]mistresses, [143]taking amiss, he [144]seized upon Asia, and [145]cut off the army of Crassus the prætor. Afterwards he was [146]vanquished by the consul Peperna, and an [147]end was put to the war the year [148]following, 625, by M. Aquilius the consul. This was a [149]melancholy year for the [150]death of Scipio Africanus, who was [151]found dead in his [152]bed, not without the [153]suspicion of having been [154]poisoned by his [155]wife. The year in which Attalus [156]made the Roman people his [157]heir, there was a [158]formidable [159]sedition at Rome. For T. Gracchus, [160]tribune of the [161]people, having made the [162]Agrarian law, that [163]nobody should [164]possess above 500 [165]acres of [166]land, and [167]proposing to have the [168]money of king Attalus [169]divided amongst the people, and [170]likewise [171]suing for the [172]tribuneship against the year following, the senators being very much [173]disturbed at the [174]matter, he was, by the [175]order of P. Corn. Nasica, [176]slain in the [177]Capitol, [178]whither he had [179]fled for [180]refuge. After the death of Tiberius, his [181]brother Caius [182]pursuing the same [183]design, was [184]taken off by Opimius, the consul, and [185]together with him, Fulvius Flaccus, who had been consul. In the year of the city 629, the Romans first made war upon the [186]Gauls [187]beyond the Alps. They [188]began with the Salii, and [189]Allobroges, whom Fulvius Flaccus [190]subdued. In the year 633, Fabius the consul made an end of the war with the Allobroges. He [191]conquered Bituitus, king of the Arverni, in [192]battle. The king himself [193]coming to Rome to [194]satisfy the senate, was [195]confined at Alba. Then Gallia Narbonensis was made a [196]province, and a [197]colony [198]sent to Narbon in the year 636. The Romans were after this [199]almost [200]perpetually at war with the Gauls, by whom they were [201]oftentimes [202]soundly beaten; but, above all others, the Cimbri and Teutones were [203]terrible to them. They [204]marching for Italy, and not [205]being able to [206]prevail with the senate for [207]room to [208]settle in, they [209]routed M. Silanus the consul; the year following Scaurus was [210]defeated by the Cimbri, and L. Cassius by the Helvetii Tigurini the year after that. But the [211]overthrow of Q. Cæpio was more [212]memorable than all the [213]rest. He had [214]plundered [215]Tholouse in the [216]country of the Tectosagæ, and had [217]carried off an hundred thousand [218]pounds of [219]gold, and fifteen hundred thousand pounds of [220]silver. This was done in the year of the city 648. But the following, he, with C. Manilius, [221]paid for this [222]sacrilege, with the [223]utter, [224]destruction of the Roman army. It is certain there were [225]slain in this [226]battle of the Romans and their [227]allies, [228]fourscore thousand, and of [229]servants that [230]followed the [231]camp [232]threescore thousand. At length the Teutones and the [233]Ambrones were almost all [234]destroyed, two hundred thousand being slain, and seventy thousand [235]taken [236]prisoners, by C. Marius the consul, in the year 652; and the following year, the same Marius, [237]in conjunction with Catulus, defeated the Cimbri, that were [238]making their way through [239]Noricum, [240]slew an hundred and twenty thousand, and took sixty thousand prisoners. With so many [241]victories did Marius [242]consummate the [243]glory he had [244]got in the war with Jugurtha. For in the year of the city 643, a war was [245]undertaken against Jugurtha, king of Numidia, because he had [246]deprived his [247]cousins Hiempsal and Adherbal, the sons of Micipsa, and [248]grandsons of Masanissa, of their [249]lives and [250]kingdom. He [251]prevailed against the Romans for some years, more by his gold than by his arms; but was at last [252]brought low by Metellus the consul, and [253]finally [254]entirely [255]subdued by Marius, and [256]delivered up by Bocchus, king of Mauritania, to whom he had [257]fled for refuge; after which he was [258]carried to Rome, to [259]grace the [260]triumph of Marius, and [261]put to death in [262]prison. This [263]happy [264]progress of the [265]empire [266]abroad, was [267]interrupted by [268]frequent and [269]shameful [270]disorders at [271]home, which were [272]occasioned by the tribunes. Saturninus having [273]had the Agrarian law [274]passed, to [275]divide among the people the land which Marius had got, by [276]driving the Cimbri out of Gaul, [277]banished Metellus Numidicus, who [278]opposed him; but at last was [279]slain himself by Marius, then consul for the sixth time, in the year 654; and the following year Metellus was [280]recalled from [281]banishment. After Saturninus, Livius Drusus, tribune of the people, but [282]favouring the senate, being [283]desirous to [284]restore them to their [285]ancient [286]splendor, and to [287]put the [288]execution of their laws into their [289]hands, which C. Gracchus had [290]divided [291]between them and the [292]knights, he passed the same Agrarian laws, and put the [293]allies in [294]hopes of the [295]freedom of the city; which [296]being not able to [297]bring about, he [298]fell under an universal [299]odium, and was [300]stabbed, nobody [301]knew how, in the year 663. After this, the Romans were [302]engaged in two most [303]difficult and terrible wars, almost at the same time; one in Italy, and the other without. That was [304]called the [305]Social or [306]Marsic war, because the Marsi had been the first [307]beginners of it; for all the [308]Latins, and most of the people of Italy, being [309]disgusted, that they who were [310]sharers in all the [311]hardships and [312]dangers of the war, should be [313]excluded from the [314]honours and [315]dignities of the [316]state; and being [317]frustrated in the hopes of [318]obtaining the [319]freedom of the city by Drusus, [320]endeavoured to [321]compass that by [322]force of arms, which they could not obtain [323]by fair means. They first [324]attempted in the Latin [325]Feriæ, to [326]assassinate both the consuls, Philip and Cæsar; but the [327]matter being [328]discovered, they [329]openly [330]revolted, [331]massacred Q. Servilius the proconsul, [332]Fonteius and all the Romans at [333]Asculum. After this the war was [334]carried on with [335]various [336]success. Cn. [337]Pompey Strabo, father of Pompey the [338]Great, [339]distinguished himself upon this [340]occasion. He [341]forced the Vestini and Peligni to [342]submission, and [343]triumphed upon that [344]account. [345]Likewise L. Sylla Cæsar, the consul’s [346]lieutenant, did, by his great successes against the enemy, [347]obtain the [348]consulship, in which he [349]made an end of the war. Soon after [350]broke out a war between the Romans and [351]Mithridates, who having [352]taken off Ariarthes, king of Cappadocia, his [353]sister’s [354]husband, together with his son of the same [355]name, had [356]seized upon the kingdom; but being forced to [357]forego what he had [358]unjustly got, Ariobarzanes was [359]nominated king of Cappadocia by the senate, but forced out of his [360]dominions by Mithridates, and [361]restored by Sylla. After this he was once more [362]driven out of Cappadocia by Mithridates, [363]as was likewise Nicomedes out of Bithynia. But both [364]recovered their dominions again by a [365]decree of the senate; which Mithridates being [366]offended at, he [367]invaded Cappadocia and Bithynia, [368]routed the Roman armies, [369]massacred all the Italians, [370]throughout Asia in one day; and [371]reduced Macedon, [372]Thrace, [373]Greece, and [374]Athens. The consul Sylla [375]marching against him, [376]took Athens, and having [377]defeated his generals, forced him to a peace upon the [378]conditions of his [379]quitting Asia, Bithynia, and Cappadocia. FOOTNOTES [1] _incirca_ [2] _Lusitáni_ [3] _Spagna_ [4] _báttere_ [5] _ignominiosaménte_ [6] _sotto_ [7] _condótta_ [8] _Viriato_ [9] _cacciatóre_ [10] _diventáre_ [11] _ladro di strada_ [12] _sconfíggere_ [13] _armáta_ [14] _più volte_ [15] _sconfítta_ [16] _memorábile_ [17] _altro_ [18] _rotto_ [19] _truppa_ [20] _Vetílio_ [21] _pretóre_ [22] _fare_ [23] _méttere_ [24] _morte_ [25] _Appiáno_ [26] _solo_ [27] _vinto_ [28] _soffríre_ [29] _fato_ [30] _fortunáto_ [31] _contro_ [32] _C. Lelio_ [33] _Quinto Fabio Mássimo_ [34] _sconfíggere_ [35] _Q. Servílio Cepióne_ [36] _vilménte_ [37] _fare_ [38] _assassináre_ [39] _uffiziále_ [40] _corrótto_ [41] _a questo effétto_ [42] _disonóre_ [43] _nome_ [44] _pericolóso_ [45] _accendérsi_ [46] _ricevúto_ [47] _Segidénsi_ [48] _alleáto_ [49] _scampáto_ [50] _mano_ [51] _comandáto_ [52] _consegnáre_ [53] _rifuggiáto_ [54] _cédere_ [55] _arma_ [56] _ricusáre_ [57] _benchè_ [58] _inferióre_ [59] _número_ [60] _forza_ [61] _fare_ [62] _valente_ [63] _resisténza_ [64] _anno_ [65] _armáta_ [66] _M. Popílio_ [67] _tagliata fuori_ [68] _seguénte_ [69] _trenta_ [70] _mila_ [71] _sconfitto_ [72] _disastro_ [73] _seguíto_ [74] _vergognóso_ [75] _pace_ [76] _ricusáre_ [77] _ratificáre_ [78] _perciò_ [79] _consegnáto_ [80] _ricévere_ [81] _alla fine_ [82] _vinto_ [83] _battáglia campále_ [84] _distrútto_ [85] _rinchiúso_ [86] _muro_ [87] _ridótto_ [88] _estréma disperazióne_ [89] _uccidérsi_ [90] _spianáto_ [91] _sollevazióne_ [92] _fondaziòne_ [93] _mentre_ [94] _ancóra_ [95] _Achei_ [96] _conquistáto_ [97] _Andrísco_ [98] _uómo_ [99] _bassa nascita_ [100] _preténdere_ [101] _Filíppo_ [102] _Perséo_ [103] _impadroníto_ [104] _Q. Cecílio Metéllo_ [105] _macéllo_ [106] _de’ suoí_ [107] _quindi_ [108] _cognóme_ [109] _Macedónico_ [110] _impegnáto_ [111] _Numantíno_ [112] _ribellióne_ [113] _schiávo_ [114] _Sirio_ [115] _che si chiamáva Euno_ [116] _fingere_ [117] _divíno_ [118] _ispirazióne_ [119] _invitáre_ [120] _arma_ [121] _libertà_ [122] _come se fosse_ [123] _órdine_ [124] _nume_ [125] _leváto_ [126] _poderóso_ [127] _armáta_ [128] _compósto_ [129] _vincere_ [130] _alla fine_ [131] _sconfítto_ [132] _Euméne_ [133] _Frígia_ [134] _zio_ [135] _morto_ [136] _governáto_ [137] _regno_ [138] _curatóre_ [139] _regnáre_ [140] _erede_ [141] _Aristónico_ [142] _cortigiana_ [143] _avendo a male_ [144] _impadronírsi_ [145] _tagliáre a pezzi_ [146] _vìnto_ [147] _termináto_ [148] _seguénte_ [149] _malincónico_ [150] _morte_ [151] _trováto_ [152] _letto_ [153] _sospétto_ [154] _avvelenáto_ [155] _moglie_ [156] _fare_ [157] _erede_ [158] _formidabile_ [159] _sedizióne_ [160] _tribúno_ [161] _popolo_ [162] _legge Agrária_ [163] _nissúno_ [164] _possédere_ [165] _júgero_ [166] _terra_ [167] _propórre_ [168] _danáro_ [169] _spartíre_ [170] _pariménte_ [171] _sollecitáre_ [172] _tribunáto_ [173] _inquietáto_ [174] _cosa_ [175] _órdine_ [176] _uccíso_ [177] _Campidóglio_ [178] _dove_ [179] _fuggíto_ [180] _salvézza_ [181] _fratéllo_ [182] _proseguíre_ [183] _diségno_ [184] _uccíso_ [185] _insiéme_ [186] _Galli_ [187] _di là dall’Alpi_ [188] _principiáre_ [189] _Allobrógi_ [190] _soggiogáre_ [191] _víncere_ [192] _battáglia_ [193] _veníre_ [194] _soddisfáre_ [195] _rilegáto_ [196] _província_ [197] _colónia_ [198] _mandáto_ [199] _quasi_ [200] _perpetuamente_ [201] _spesso_ [202] _fieramente percosso_ [203] _terríbile_ [204] _marciáre_ [205] _potére_ [206] _ottenére_ [207] _sito_ [208] _stabilírsi_ [209] _méttere in rotta_ [210] _sconfítto_ [211] _rotta_ [212] _memorábile_ [213] _altro_ [214] _saccheggiáre_ [215] _Tolósa_ [216] _paése_ [217] _portáre via_ [218] _libbra_ [219] _oro_ [220] _argénto_ [221] _pagáre_ [222] _sacrilégio_ [223] _totále_ [224] _distruzióne_ [225] _uccíso_ [226] _battáglia_ [227] _alleáto_ [228] _ottánta_ [229] _servitóre_ [230] _seguíre_ [231] _campo_ [232] _sessánta_ [233] _Ambróni_ [234] _distrutto_ [235] _fatto_ [236] _prigioniéro_ [237] _unitaménte_ [238] _facéndosi strada tra_ [239] _Nórico_ [240] _uccídere_ [241] _vittória_ [242] _coronare_ [243] _glória_ [244] _acquistáre_ [245] _intrapréso_ [246] _priváto_ [247] _cugíno_ [248] _nipotíno_ [249] _vita_ [250] _regno_ [251] _sostenere_ [252] _abbassáto_ [253] _finalménte_ [254] _affátto_ [255] _soggiogáto_ [256] _consegnato_ [257] _fuggíto per scampo_ [258] _condótto_ [259] _adornáre_ [260] _triónfo_ [261] _messo_ [262] _prigióne_ [263] _felíce_ [264] _progrésso_ [265] _império_ [266] _al di fuóri_ [267] _interrótto_ [268] _frequénte_ [269] _vergognóso_ [270] _disórdine_ [271] _nel paése_ [272] _cagionáto_ [273] _fatto_ [274] _passáre_ [275] _spartíre_ [276] _scacciáre_ [277] _esiliáre_ [278] _oppórre_ [279] _uccíso_ [280] _richiamáto_ [281] _esílio_ [282] _favoreggiáre_ [283] _desideróso_ [284] _restituíre_ [285] _antíco_ [286] _splendóre_ [287] _méttere_ [288] _esecuzióne_ [289] _mano_ [290] _spartíto_ [291] _fra_ [292] _cavaliére_ [293] _alleáto_ [294] _speránza_ [295] _cittadinanza romana_ [296] _non potére_ [297] _effettuáre_ [298] _incórrere_ [299] _ódio_ [300] _pugnaláto_ [301] _sapére_ [302] _impegnáto_ [303] _faticóso_ [304] _chiamáto_ [305] _Sociále_ [306] _Mársico_ [307] _autóre_ [308] _Latíno_ [309] _disgustáto_ [310] _dividere_ [311] _fatíca_ [312] _perícolo_ [313] _esclúso_ [314] _onóre_ [315] _dignità_ [316] _stato_ [317] _deluso_ [318] _ottenére_ [319] _libertà_ [320] _procuráre_ [321] _spuntáre_ [322] _forza_ [323] _colle buóne_ [324] _tentáre_ [325] _Férie_ [326] _assassináre_ [327] _cosa_ [328] _scopérto_ [329] _apertaménte_ [330] _rivoltársi_ [331] _uccídere_ [332] _Fontéjo_ [333] _Ascolo_ [334] _continuáto_ [335] _vario_ [336] _succésso_ [337] _Pompeo Strabóne_ [338] _magno_ [339] _distínguersi_ [340] _occasióne_ [341] _forzáre_ [342] _obbediénza_ [343] _trionfáre_ [344] _cagióne_ [345] _pariménte_ [346] _luogotenénte_ [347] _ottenére_ [348] _consoláto_ [349] _termináre_ [350] _accendérsi_ [351] _Mitridáte_ [352] _uccíso_ [353] _sorélla_ [354] _maríto_ [355] _nome_ [356] _impossessáto_ [357] _abbandonáre_ [358] _ingiustaménte_ [359] _nomináto_ [360] _domínio_ [361] _ristabilíto_ [362] _scacciáto_ [363] _come pure lo fu_ [364] _ricuperáre_ [365] _decréto_ [366] _offéso_ [367] _invádere_ [368] _sconfíggere_ [369] _uccídere_ [370] _per tutta_ [371] _sottoporre_ [372] _Trácia_ [373] _Grécia_ [374] _Aténe_ [375] _marciáre_ [376] _pigliáre_ [377] _sconfíggere_ [378] _patto_ [379] _abbandonáre_ CHAP. VII. _(Of the World, 3966--Of Rome, 666.)_ Marius, [1]though now [2]broken with [3]age and years, yet being very [4]ambitious of getting [5]employed against Mithridates, could not [6]bear with patience the [7]bestowing that [8]province upon Sylla. [9]Wherefore he [10]prevailed by the [11]means of C. Sulpicius, the tribune of the people, to have it [12]taken from Sylla, and bestowed upon himself. At which Sylla being [13]enraged, [14]seized upon the city, and having [15]slain Sulpicius, [16]obliged Marius to [17]fly. In his [18]absence, Cinna the consul, making a [19]disturbance, was [20]driven out of the city, and being [21]joined by Marius, Carbo, and Sertorius, [22]assaulted Rome; which, having [23]taken, [24]he put a great many of the Romans [25]to the sword. Marius [26]died a natural death the year following. Sylla having made peace with Mithridates, [27]returned into Italy, and [28]made an end of the civil war in two years time, by the [29]defeat of Carbo, Norbanus, young Marius, and others; and being [30]declared [31]dictator, [32]took off a great many of Marius’s party by means of a [33]proscription. Q. Sertorius [34]retired into Farther Spain, where he [35]held out for some years very [36]valiantly. Sylla having in the year 675 [37]laid down the [38]dictatorship, died the year following of the [39]lousy [40]disease, in the sixtieth year of his [41]age. After his death, Lepidus the consul, [42]endeavouring to [43]annul the [44]acts of Sylla, was [45]forced out of the city by his [46]colleague Catulus. And the year following [47]advancing up to the city with an [48]army, he was defeated by the same Catulus and Cn. Pompey, and [49]fled into [50]Sardinia, where he [51]fell ill and died. The same Pompey being [52]sent into Spain against Sertorius, [53]performed no important things; but the latter being [54]treacherously [55]slain by his own people, he [56]easily [57]recovered that province in the year 681. In the mean time the war with Mithridates [58]broke out again, while Sylla was yet living; and after Sylla’s death, Mithridates having [59]entered into an [60]alliance with Sertorius, [61]seized by force of arms upon Bithynia, which Nicomedes at his death in 679, had [62]left to the Roman people. L. Lucullus consul, in 680, [63]went against him, and being very [64]successful both by [65]sea and [66]land, he [67]obliged him to fly, first into [68]Pontus, and soon after to [69]Tigranes in Armenia. Lucullus [70]conquered Pontus, and defeated both the kings who [71]engaged him with an army of two hundred thousand [72]foot and sixty thousand [73]horse, in the year of the city 685. After this, Tigranocerta, the capital of Armenia, and [74]Nisibis, two very great cities, were [75]taken. But this excellent general being [76]forsaken by his men, was [77]obliged to [78]leave the [79]fruit of his [80]toil and [81]victories to Cn. Pompey, in the year 688. He having [82]forced Tigranes to [83]surrender, obliged him to be [84]satisfied with Armenia; and whilst he [85]pursued Mithridates, he [86]added the [87]Iberians and [88]Albanians to the Roman empire, in the year 689. [89]Finally, Mithridates, in the year 691, being [90]every where [91]beaten, [92]thought of [93]flying into [94]Gaul, but being [95]discouraged by the [96]revolt of his son [97]Pharnaces and the army, he [98]slew himself. Whilst the war with Mithridates was [99]warmly [100]carried on, there [101]broke out another with the [102]slaves, in the year of the city 681. One [103]Spartacus Ænomanus, and [104]Crixus, [105]gladiators, having [106]broken up a [107]school of gladiators at Capua, [108]belonging to Lentulus, and [109]assembled an army of [110]desperadoes, [111]routed the Roman armies several times, but at last were [112]vanquished by Crassus the prætor, and Pompey, in the year 685. Pompey [113]likewise [114]subdued the [115]pirates, who, at the [116]instigation of Mithridates, [117]infested the seas, having an [118]extraordinary [119]commission [120]for that purpose by the [121]Gabinian law. Whilst Pompey was [122]enlarging the Roman empire [123]abroad, the [124]head of the empire was in no small [125]danger from a [126]conspiracy which [127]Cataline, [128]Lentulus the prætor, [129]Cethegus, and other senators, had [130]entered into, to [131]murder the consul [132]Cicero, and to [133]burn and [134]plunder the city. But their [135]designs were [136]prevented by the [137]vigilance of the consul. Catiline being [138]forced out of the city, [139]repaired to the army, which some of his [140]accomplices had [141]collected. Lentulus, and the rest of the [142]ringleaders of the [143]plot were put to death. This [144]happened in the year 691, and the following year Cataline was [145]defeated by [146]Petreius [147]Antony the proconsul’s [148]lieutenant, and [149]slain in the [150]fight. The whole [151]world being now almost [152]subdued, the Roman empire was [153]arrived to that [154]grandeur, that it could [155]hardly [156]extend itself farther. No [157]outward [158]force was [159]sufficient to [160]ruin it; it [161]fell by its own [162]power, which was [163]occasioned by the [164]ambition of the [165]leading men, and the civil [166]contests that [167]arose from thence. C. Cæsar, after the time of his [168]prætorship in the city was [169]expired, [170]obtained the province of Lusitania; and by the great feats he [171]performed there, [172]deserved well the honor of a [173]triumph; but [174]postponed the [175]hopes of that to the [176]consular [177]dignity; for which, [178]while he made all [179]possible [180]interest, Pompey [181]united with Cæsar and Crassus, while Lucullus and some others of the [182]grandees, [183]opposing his [184]acts, which he [185]desired might be [186]ratified by the senate. Thus Cæsar [187]gained the [188]consulship in the year 695, in which he [189]established the acts of Pompey by the senate, and [190]divided the [191]public [192]lands in Campania amongst the [193]citizens. He [194]married his daughter Julia to Pompey, and [195]took Calphurnia, the daughter of [196]Piso [197]as a wife. Having by these [198]arts, and a [199]boundless [200]generosity, [201]gained the [202]favor of all [203]ranks and [204]degrees of men, he [205]procured the province of Gaul, which he [206]governed for nine years; during which time he [207]reduced all Gaul, that is [208]comprehended within the [209]Pyrenean mountains, the [210]Alps, the Rhone, and the [211]Rhine, in the [212]form of a province, and [213]imposed a [214]yearly [215]tribute upon it. He was the first of all the Romans that [216]attacked the [217]Germans [218]beyond the Rhine. He likewise [219]visited the [220]Britons, where [221]none before him had ever [222]come. In this [223]interval, in the year 698, he [224]entered into an [225]association with Pompey and Crassus; by [226]virtue of which he was to have Gaul [227]continued to him. Pompey was to have [228]Spain, and Crassus Syria, in order to a war against the [229]Parthians; to which he [230]accordingly [231]went in the year 699, and the third year after, [232]perished most [233]miserably, with the greater [234]part of his army; after which the Parthians made an [235]irruption into Syria, but were [236]bravely [237]repulsed by Cassius. After the death of Crassus, Pompey not being able to [238]endure an [239]equal, nor Cæsar a [240]superior, the civil war broke out. Pompey’s [241]party [242]endeavouring to [243]take away from Cæsar both his army and province, as soon as the time of his [244]government should [245]expire; whilst Cæsar’s on the other [246]hand were for [247]treating Pompey [248]in like manner. At last in the year 705, in the [249]consulship of C. Claudius Marcellus, and L. Cornelius Lentulus, the senate, by a [250]vote, obliged Cæsar to [251]disband his army by a certain day. Antonius and Cassius, tribunes of the people, [252]interposing their [253]authority in vain, [254]left the town, and [255]repaired to Cæsar, who [256]advancing his army towards the city, [257]struck such a [258]consternation into Pompey and the rest, that [259]leaving the city [260]without much ado, and [261]shortly after Italy, they [262]passed over into [263]Greece. Cæsar went to Spain, where he [264]vanquished Petreius and Afranius, and [265]forced their armies to [266]surrender [267]prisoners of war. In his [268]return he [269]took [270]Marseilles, and after that was made dictator, to which [271]office he was [272]chosen four times, and at last had it [273]given him for [274]life. In the year 706, Pompey being [275]defeated by Cæsar in the [276]fields of [277]Pharsalia, went to [278]Egypt, where he was slain by the [279]order of [280]Ptolemy, in the 59th year of his [281]age. Hither Cæsar [282]likewise [283]came the following year, and after a very [284]dangerous [285]rencounter, which he [286]happily [287]accomplished, [288]delivered the [289]kingdom of Egypt to Cleopatra and her brother. In the year following he vanquished Scipio and Cato, with king Juba, in Africa. Cato [290]laid violent hands upon himself at Utica. The year that [291]followed was [292]remarkable for the [293]correction of the [294]calendar and the year. The same year likewise he [295]conquered Pompey’s sons; and the year after was [296]stabbed in the [297]senate house, by a [298]conspiracy of Brutus and Cassius, and some others, in the 56th year of his age. Besides these [299]convulsions, with which the whole [300]world was [301]shattered, there were some less [302]disturbances [303]happened a little before. [304]Clodius Pulcher being [305]made tribune of the people, [306]banished Cicero, for having [307]condemned the [308]associates of Cataline to death without a [309]trial; which [310]calamity he [311]bore too [312]meanly, and [313]by no means [314]agreeable to the [315]dignity of his past life. But he was [316]recalled the year after by the [317]interposition of Pompey, and Lentulus the consul, and [318]received with the greatest [319]honor. The same Clodius [320]declared [321]Cyprus to [322]belong to the Roman people, and Cato being [323]sent to [324]take possession of it, Ptolemy, king of the [325]island, after first [326]throwing all his [327]money into the sea, [328]prevented his [329]disgrace by a [330]voluntary death. The senate [331]bestowed the [332]prætorship upon Cato at his [333]return, by a [334]vote of the house, without any [335]election; which honor he [336]refused, being [337]desirous to [338]obtain it rather by the [339]free [340]votes of the people. But he was [341]disappointed in his [342]hopes, and Vatinius was [343]preferred to him. [344]Bribery [345]ruling in [346]all [347]elections, and the [348]candidates making a most [349]dismal [350]confusion, after a long [351]interregnum, Pompey was made consul, without a [352]colleague, a thing [353]wholly new, and never heard of before; in which office he made a [354]severe [355]inquiry into all other [356]misdemeanors, as likewise into the death of Clodius, whom Milo [357]killed the same year, and for which he was [358]banished. After the death of Cæsar, Antony the consul so [359]inflamed the people by [360]a seditious [361]harangue, that they [362]burnt his [363]body [364]publicly, and [365]threatened to set fire, and [366]pull down the houses of the [367]assassins. Octavius Cæsar, the son of Accia [368]Julius’s sister, was his [369]adopted son by [370]will. He being [371]slighted by M. Antony, [372]raised an army of [373]veteran soldiers, and [374]opposed his [375]tyrannical [376]proceedings. Antonius [377]extorted from the people by force the province of Gaul, but his [378]passage there was opposed by D. Brutus at Modena, where he was [379]besieged by Antony. In the [380]consulship of [381]Hirtius and Pansa, in the year of the city 711, at the [382]instigation of Cicero Antony was [383]declared [384]enemy, and a war [385]undertaken against him; when Octavius [386]joined in [387]commission with the consuls, with the [388]power of proconsul, being then about the 20th year of his age. There was a [389]dreadful and [390]bloody [391]battle [392]fought near Modena, in which all Cæsar’s [393]life-guards were slain; but Antony was routed, and the [394]siege [395]raised, yet both the consuls were killed. In Macedon, Brutus [396]took off C. Antonius, M. Antony’s brother, who was [397]intriguing against him, and [398]got together a [399]formidable army. Upon which the senate [400]resolved by [401]degrees to [402]take down Octavius, [403]for fear of his [404]growing too [405]powerful; which he being [406]apprehensive of, [407]he entered into an [408]association with Antony and Lepidus; and [409]consequently they were all three made [410]commissioners [411]for settling the [412]republic. They having [413]divided the whole [414]empire into three parts, [415]proscribed a great many of the Romans, and amongst the rest M. [416]Tully Cicero, who, whilst he was [417]endeavouring to [418]make his escape into Greece, was killed by Pompilius, a [419]captain, whose [420]cause he had [421]pleaded in a capital [422]action. There was a [423]dreadful [424]havoc made in this [425]proscription. The [426]Epitome of Livy speaks of no less than an hundred and thirty senators; the same year, [427]gave [428]beginning to one of the finest cities of France, [429]Lyons. The year following, Octavius and Antony [430]fought a battle with M. Brutus and the [431]principal of the [432]conspirators, near the city of Philippi. The [433]right [434]wings were [435]victorious on both [436]sides, and on both sides the [437]camps were [438]plundered. But Cassius, who was in the wing that was [439]routed, [440]giving up all for lost, [441]slew himself. Brutus, being [442]defeated in another [443]engagement, likewise put an end to his own life, being then thirty-seven years of age, and none of Cæsar’s [444]assassins [445]lived above three years after, being all [446]taken off by a [447]violent death, as [448]Suetonius says; some too [449]killed themselves with the same [450]dagger with which they had slain Cæsar. After the [451]victory, Antony [452]went to Asia, and Octavius to Italy; where he [453]was engaged in a war with L. Antony, the brother of the [454]triumvir, and his [455]wife Fulvia, a [456]woman of a [457]manly [458]spirit. He forced Lucius from the town; after which, being [459]declared an enemy, he [460]besieged him in Perusia, and obliged him to [461]surrender. In the mean time, the Parthians being [462]invited by Labienus, one of Pompey’s party, made an [463]irruption into Syria, whom Ventidius, after a very [464]signal [465]overthrow, in which the king was slain, [466]drove out again, and [467]recovered Syria. S. Pompey, Cneius’s son, having a [468]fleet at his [469]command, [470]infested the seas. Cæsar made with him a peace, which was [471]soon [472]broken. [473]An engagement [474]followed, wherein Pompey was [475]worsted, and [476]forced to [477]fly. He was soon after [478]put to death by [479]order of M. Antony, under whose [480]protection he had put himself. About this time Antony made an [481]attempt upon the Parthians, by whom he was most [482]shamefully [483]beaten. At last Antony being [484]entirely [485]devoted to his Cleopatra, [486]divorced Octavia, Cæsar’s sister, and [487]declared war against him, in which he was at last defeated by sea near [488]Actium, a [489]promontory of [490]Epirus. Cæsar had upwards of 400 [491]ships, and Antony about 200, but so [492]prodigiously [493]large, that they [494]looked like [495]castles and cities [496]moving through the sea. The [497]flight of Cleopatra [498]turned the [499]fate of a [500]dubious [501]engagement into the [502]ruin of Antony; he followed her into Egypt, and being [503]besieged in Alexandria, he [504]slew himself, and Cleopatra soon [505]followed his [506]example. FOOTNOTES [1] _benchè_ [2] _affievolito_ [3] _vecchiája_ [4] _ambizióne_ [5] _impiegáto_ [6] _tolleráre_ [7] _affidare_ [8] _província_ [9] _perciò_ [10] _ottenére_ [11] _mezzo_ [12] _leváre_ [13] _sdegnáto_ [14] _impossessársi_ [15] _uccíso_ [16] _forzáre_ [17] _fuggíre_ [18] _assénza_ [19] _distúrbo_ [20] _scacciàto_ [21] _unito_ [22] _assaltáre_ [23] _preso_ [24] _méttere_ [25] _a fil di spada_ [26] _moríre_ [27] _tornáre_ [28] _conclúdere_ [29] _rotta_ [30] _dichiaráto_ [31] _dittatore_ [32] _si disfece di_ [33] _proscrizióne_ [34] _ritirársi_ [35] _sostenere_ [36] _coraggiosaménte_ [37] _rassegnáto_ [38] _dettatúra_ [39] _pediculare_ [40] _morbo_ [41] _età_ [42] _procuráre_ [43] _annulláre_ [44] _atto_ [45] _scacciáto_ [46] _colléga_ [47] _accostársi_ [48] _armáta_ [49] _fuggíre_ [50] _Sardégna_ [51] _ammalársi_ [52] _mandáto_ [53] _eseguíre_ [54] _proditoriaménte_ [55] _uccíso_ [56] _facilménte_ [57] _ricuperáre_ [58] _accendérsi_ [59] _entráto_ [60] _alleánza_ [61] _impadroníto_ [62] _lasciáto_ [63] _andáre_ [64] _fortunáto_ [65] _mare_ [66] _terra_ [67] _forzare_ [68] _Ponto_ [69] _Tigràne_ [70] _conquistáre_ [71] _attaccáre_ [72] _infantéria_ [73] _cavallería_ [74] _Nísibi_ [75] _preso_ [76] _abbandonáto_ [77] _obbligáto_ [78] _lasciáre_ [79] _frutto_ [80] _fatíca_ [81] _vittória_ [82] _forzáto_ [83] _arrendérsi_ [84] _contentarsi_ [85] _incalzáre_ [86] _aggiúngere_ [87] _Ibérj_ [88] _Albanési_ [89] _finalménte_ [90] _dappertútto_ [91] _battúto_ [92] _pensáre_ [93] _fuggíre_ [94] _Gállia_ [95] _scoraggíto_ [96] _rivólta_ [97] _Farnáce_ [98] _ammazzársi_ [99] _vigorosaménte_ [100] _continuáto_ [101] _accéndersi_ [102] _schiávo_ [103] _Spartáco Enománo_ [104] _Crisso_ [105] _gladiatóre_ [106] _disfatto_ [107] _scuóla_ [108] _appartenére_ [109] _radunáto_ [110] _disperáto_ [111] _sconfíggere_ [112] _vinto_ [113] _pariménte_ [114] _soggiogáre_ [115] _corsáro_ [116] _istigazióne_ [117] _infestáre_ [118] _straordinário_ [119] _commissióne_ [120] _a questo effétto_ [121] _Gabiáno_ [122] _aggrandíre_ [123] _fuóri_ [124] _capitale_ [125] _perícolo_ [126] _cospirazióne_ [127] _Catilína_ [128] _Léntulo_ [129] _Cetégo_ [130] _fare_ [131] _uccídere_ [132] _Ciceróne_ [133] _abbruciáre_ [134] _saccheggiáre_ [135] _diségno_ [136] _impedíto_ [137] _vigilánza_ [138] _scacciáto_ [139] _trasferírsi_ [140] _cómplice_ [141] _radunáto_ [142] _capo_ [143] _congiúra_ [144] _succédere_ [145] _sconfítto_ [146] _Petrejo_ [147] _António_ [148] _luogotenénte_ [149] _uccíso_ [150] _battáglia_ [151] _mondo_ [152] _soggiogáto_ [153] _arriváto_ [154] _grandézza_ [155] _appéna_ [156] _estendérsi_ [157] _estérno_ [158] _forza_ [159] _bastánte_ [160] _rovináre_ [161] _cadére_ [162] _potére_ [163] _cagionáto_ [164] _ambizióne_ [165] _principále_ [166] _contésa_ [167] _deriváre_ [168] _pretura_ [169] _spiráto_ [170] _ottenére_ [171] _eseguíre_ [172] _meritáre_ [173] _triónfo_ [174] _pospórre_ [175] _aspettativa_ [176] _consoláre_ [177] _dignità_ [178] _mentre_ [179] _possíbile_ [180] _diligenza_ [181] _unírsi_ [182] _grande_ [183] _oppórsi_ [184] _atto_ [185] _desideráre_ [186] _ratificáto_ [187] _ottenére_ [188] _consoláto_ [189] _fece ratificáre dal senato_ [190] _divídere_ [191] _terre della_ [192] _repubblica_ [193] _cittadíno_ [194] _maritáre_ [195] _préndere_ [196] _Pisóne_ [197] _in qualità di móglie_ [198] _arte_ [199] _imménso_ [200] _generosità_ [201] _guadagnáre_ [202] _favóre_ [203] _degli uomini di qualunque rango_ [204] _grado_ [205] _procuráre_ [206] _governáre_ [207] _debelláre_ [208] _compréso_ [209] _Pirenéi_ [210] _Alpi_ [211] _Reno_ [212] _forma_ [213] _impórre_ [214] _annuále_ [215] _tribúto_ [216] _attaccáre_ [217] _Tedeschi_ [218] _di là_ [219] _visitáre_ [220] _Británno_ [221] _niúno_ [222] _venúto_ [223] _intervállo_ [224] _entráre_ [225] _confederazióne_ [226] _virtù_ [227] _continuáre_ [228] _Spagna_ [229] _Parti_ [230] _in conseguénza_ [231] _andáre_ [232] _períre_ [233] _miseraménte_ [234] _parte_ [235] _incursióne_ [236] _valorosaménte_ [237] _rispinto_ [238] _tolleráre_ [239] _eguále_ [240] _superióre_ [241] _partíto_ [242] _cercáre_ [243] _leváre_ [244] _govérno_ [245] _spiráre_ [246] _canto_ [247] _trattáre_ [248] _nell’ istésso modo_ [249] _consoláto_ [250] _decreto_ [251] _licenziáre_ [252] _interpórre_ [253] _autorità_ [254] _lasciáre_ [255] _trasferírsi_ [256] _accostáre_ [257] _riempíre_ [258] _costernazióne_ [259] _abbandonáre_ [260] _senz’ altro_ [261] _poco dopo_ [262] _passáre_ [263] _Grécia_ [264] _víncere_ [265] _forzáre_ [266] _arrendérsi_ [267] _prigioniéro_ [268] _ritórno_ [269] _préndere_ [270] _Marsíglia_ [271] _uffízio_ [272] _scelto_ [273] _dato_ [274] _vita_ [275] _sconfítto_ [276] _campo_ [277] _Farságli_ [278] _Egítto_ [279] _ordine_ [280] _Toloméo_ [281] _età_ [282] _pure_ [283] _veníre_ [284] _pericolóso_ [285] _fatto d’armi_ [286] _fortunataménte_ [287] _fu vittorioso_ [288] _consegnáre_ [289] _regno_ [290] _uccidérsi_ [291] _seguíre_ [292] _segnalato_ [293] _correzióne_ [294] _calendário_ [295] _vincere_ [296] _pugnaláto_ [297] _senáto_ [298] _cospirazióne_ [299] _convulsióne_ [300] _mondo_ [301] _conturbato_ [302] _distúrbo_ [303] _succédere_ [304] _Clódio Pulcro_ [305] _fatto_ [306] _esiliáre_ [307] _condannáto_ [308] _complice_ [309] _procésso_ [310] _calamità_ [311] _soffríre_ [312] _vilménte_ [313] _in nissún conto_ [314] _come si conveniva_ [315] _dignità_ [316] _richiamáto_ [317] _interposizióne_ [318] _ricévere_ [319] _onóre_ [320] _dichiaráre_ [321] _Cipro_ [322] _appartenére_ [323] _mandáto_ [324] _impossessársi_ [325] _ísola_ [326] _gettáto_ [327] _danaro_ [328] _prevenire_ [329] _disgrázia_ [330] _volontária_ [331] _accordáre_ [332] _dignità di pretóre_ [333] _ritórno_ [334] _per votazione dell’assemblea_ [335] _elezióne_ [336] _rifiutáre_ [337] _desideróso_ [338] _ottenére_ [339] _libero_ [340] _suffragio_ [341] _frustráto_ [342] _speránza_ [343] _preferíto_ [344] _corruzióne_ [345] _domináre_ [346] _tutto_ [347] _elezióne_ [348] _candidáto_ [349] _rattristante_ [350] _confusióne_ [351] _interregno_ [352] _colléga_ [353] _affátto_ [354] _sevéro_ [355] _perquisizióne_ [356] _delítto_ [357] _uccídere_ [358] _bandíto_ [359] _accéndere_ [360] _sedizióso_ [361] _arrínga_ [362] _incendiáre_ [363] _corpo_ [364] _pubblicaménte_ [365] _minacciáre_ [366] _demolíre_ [367] _assassíno_ [368] _Giúlio_ [369] _adottáto_ [370] _testaménto_ [371] _sprezzáto_ [372] _leváre_ [373] _veteráno_ [374] _oppórre_ [375] _tiránnico_ [376] _portaménto_ [377] _strappáre_ [378] _passággio_ [379] _assediáto_ [380] _consoláto_ [381] _Írzio_ [382] _istigazióne_ [383] _dichiaráto_ [384] _nemíco_ [385] _intrapréso_ [386] _unírsi_ [387] _commissióne_ [388] _potére_ [389] _terribile_ [390] _sanguinóso_ [391] _battáglia_ [392] _dato_ [393] _soldáto della guárdia_ [394] _assedio_ [395] _leváto_ [396] _uccídere_ [397] _cabalizzare_ [398] _radunáre_ [399] _formidábile_ [400] _risólvere_ [401] _a poco a poco_ [402] _abbassáre_ [403] _per timóre che_ [404] _diventáre_ [405] _poténte_ [406] _timoróso_ [407] _entráre_ [408] _lega_ [409] _conseguenteménte_ [410] _commissionário_ [411] _regolare_ [412] _repúbblica_ [413] _divíso_ [414] _império_ [415] _proscrívere_ [416] _Túllio Ciceróne_ [417] _procuráre_ [418] _scampáre_ [419] _capitáno_ [420] _causa_ [421] _diféndere_ [422] _procésso_ [423] _orréndo_ [424] _strage_ [425] _proscrizióne_ [426] _sommário_ [427] _dare_ [428] _princípio_ [429] _Lióne_ [430] _dare_ [431] _principále_ [432] _congiuráto_ [433] _ala_ [434] _dritto_ [435] _vittorióso_ [436] _parte_ [437] _campo_ [438] _saccheggiáto_ [439] _sconfítto_ [440] _crédere_ [441] _uccidérsi_ [442] _rotto_ [443] _conflítto_ [444] _assassino_ [445] _vívere_ [446] _perire_ [447] _violénto_ [448] _Suetónio_ [449] _uccidérsi_ [450] _stilétto_ [451] _vittória_ [452] _partíre_ [453] _veníre alle armi_ [454] _triumvíro_ [455] _moglie_ [456] _donna_ [457] _virile_ [458] _spírito_ [459] _dichiaráto_ [460] _assediáre_ [461] _arrendérsi_ [462] _invitáto_ [463] _scorrería_ [464] _segnaláto_ [465] _sconfítta_ [466] _scacciáre_ [467] _ricuperáre_ [468] _flotta_ [469] _comándo_ [470] _infestáre_ [471] _présto_ [472] _rotto_ [473] _combattiménto_ [474] _seguíre_ [475] _malmenato_ [476] _forzáto_ [477] _fuggíre_ [478] _messo_ [479] _cenno_ [480] _protezióne_ [481] _intraprésa_ [482] _ignominiosamente_ [483] _battúto_ [484] _affátto_ [485] _dedicáto_ [486] _ripudiáre_ [487] _dichiaráre_ [488] _Azio_ [489] _promontório_ [490] _Epíro_ [491] _vascéllo_ [492] _prodigiosaménte_ [493] _grande_ [494] _rassomigliáre_ [495] _castéllo_ [496] _muóvere_ [497] _fuga_ [498] _cambiáre_ [499] _sorte_ [500] _dubbióso_ [501] _battáglia_ [502] _rovína_ [503] _assediáto_ [504] _ammazzársi_ [505] _seguíre_ [506] _esémpio_ CHAP. VIII. _(Of Rome, 725--Of Christ, 11.)_ After the death of Antony and Cleopatra, [1]Egypt was [2]reduced to the [3]form of a [4]province. Cæsar, in the year 725, [5]triumphed three times, for the [6]conquest of [7]Dalmatia, the victory at Actium, and the [8]reducing of Egypt. After which he [9]advised with Agrippa and Mecænas, either [10]seriously, or [11]pretendedly, about the [12]laying down of his [13]authority; Agrippa was for it, Mecænas against it; this last [14]advice he [15]resolved to follow, but [16]brought a [17]bill [18]nevertheless into the senate [19]to divest himself of his power, and by that [20]stratagem got it [21]secured to him both by the senate and the people, in the year 726. [22]Cornelius Gallus, a [23]Roman [24]knight, [25]governor of Egypt, being [26]banished for his [27]insolence, slew himself. Augustus [28]carried on a war against the Cantabri and Austus for some years, by his [29]lieutenants: that is to say, from the year 729 to 735, in which they were entirely [30]reduced by Agrippa; who, upon his [31]return [32]refused a [33]triumph which was [34]offered him. [35]Phraates, king of the Parthians, about this time [36]restored the Roman [37]standards that had been [38]taken from Crassus. For two of his [39]friends, Mecænas and M. Vipsanius Agrippa, he had a [40]particular [41]esteem above all others; the [42]former was a great [43]patron of [44]learning and [45]learned men. Augustus made Agrippa his [46]son-in-law, by [47]marrying his daughter Julia to him, whom he had by Scribonia. She had children, C. and L. Cæsars, Agrippa Posthumus, Agrippina married to Germanicus, Drusus’s son, Livia’s [48]grandson, and Julia, whom Æmilius married. He took Livia, when she was [49]big with child, by her former [50]husband Tiberius Nero, by whom he had no [51]issue, though she had by Nero, Tiberius, who was emperor afterwards, and Drusus who [52]died in Germany. Tiberius having gotten the [53]tribunitial [54]power for five years, was [55]sent to [56]settle the [57]affairs of Armenia. Soon after he [58]retired to Rhodes, where, for fear of [59]falling under the [60]displeasure of his [61]step-sons, he [62]continued seven years. But the [63]occasion of his [64]retirement was his [65]aversion for his wife Julia, who [66]spent her time in all [67]manner of [68]debauchery. Augustus, upon a [69]discovery of her [70]pranks, [71]banished her. The [72]age of this emperor [73]produced several great [74]men: amongst the [75]Greeks [76]Dionysius Halicarnassensis and [77]Nicholas Damascenus were [78]famous for their [79]talents in writing [80]history; and amongst the [81]Latins [82]Cornelius Nepos, Atticus’s [83]son-in-law, and Sallust, who died four years before the [84]battle of Actium. In this age lived likewise those [85]celebrated [86]poets, [87]Virgil, [88]Horace, [89]Ovid, [90]Tibullus, and [91]Propertius. Augustus died at Nola, in Campania, in the 14th year of [92]Christ, and the 76th year of his age, having [93]held the empire by himself, from the death of M. Antony, forty-three years; he was an [94]excellent [95]prince, and [96]necessary for those times. He was [97]succeeded by Tiberius, a prince of a [98]savage [99]disposition, and [100]given up to all manner of debauchery; he was the son of Livia by Nero. He [101]dissembled his [102]vices at the [103]beginning of his reign with [104]wonderful [105]art, through fear of Germanicus, his brother’s son, whom he had [106]adopted at the [107]command of his [108]father-in-law. For, as he [109]gained a great [110]reputation by his [111]virtues and [112]exploits in war, he was [113]looked upon with a [114]jealous eye, as [115]fitter for the empire than himself. He [116]removed him from Germany where he had [117]wonderful [118]success against the enemy, into the [119]East, to [120]fight against the Parthians, in the year 769, having sent at the same time Cn. Piso into Syria, between whom and Germanicus was a [121]mortal enmity. Wherefore Germanicus died, not without the [122]suspicion of having been [123]poisoned by him, for which being [124]prosecuted at Rome by Agrippina, the wife of Germanicus, he [125]prevented his [126]sentence by a [127]voluntary death. [128]Ælius Sejanus, a Roman [129]knight, was afterwards [130]raised by Tiberius, who after a great many [131]wicked [132]actions, [133]aiming now at no less than the empire itself, was, by a [134]letter of Tiberius to the senate, [135]thrown from the [136]top of all his [137]grandeur, and died by the [138]hand of an [139]executioner, with all his [140]family, in the 18th year of Tiberius. About the 18th year of his [141]reign, he [142]retired to Caprea, an [143]island on the [144]coast of Campania, with a [145]design of never returning to the town, where he [146]privately [147]wallowed in all manner of [148]debauchery, and died in the 23rd year of his reign, to the great [149]joy of every one, being then in the 78th year of his age. [150]_Jesus Christ_, the son of God, was [151]born of the [152]Virgin Mary, in the reign of Augustus, and [153]crucified in that of Tiberius, being then thirty-three years of age. Caius Cæsar Caligula, so [154]called from a [155]shoe [156]worn by the [157]soldiery, which, when a boy, he [158]wore in the camp, [159]succeeded Tiberius, being the son of Germanicus and Agrippina, the daughter of M. Agrippa and Julia. He was [160]entered into the five and twentieth year of his age. Great was the joy of the people upon his first [161]accession to the [162]throne, and no less were their [163]hopes that he would be [164]like Germanicus his father, who is said to have been [165]possessed of all the good [166]qualities of [167]body and [168]mind. And indeed as the worst of princes frequently [169]begin well, he gave many [170]signs of his [171]moderation and [172]regard to the good of the public. But soon after, as if he had [173]put off all [174]humanity, he [175]outstripped the most savage [176]creatures in [177]cruelty; and having made sad [178]havoc among all [179]ranks and [180]degrees of men, he [181]killed likewise Macro, [182]commander of the [183]prætorian [184]bands, by whose [185]means he had been made emperor. He also [186]committed [187]crimes with his sisters. Having in a year’s time [188]exhausted [189]immense [190]treasures that had been [191]left by Tiberius, he [192]fell to [193]proscribing and [194]plundering. Among other proofs of his cruelty, he was [195]heard to say, I [196]wish the Roman people had but one [197]neck. In all his [198]buildings, or public [199]works, he [200]effected what was [201]looked upon to be impossible. He [202]ordered himself to be [203]worshipped as a god throughout the [204]world, and [205]temples to be [206]erected to him. At last, he was slain by Chærea Cassius, [207]tribune of a [208]cohort of his [209]guards, and some others, who had [210]entered into a [211]plot against him, after he had [212]reigned three years, ten months, and eight days, and [213]lived twenty-nine years. Claudius Nero, Caligula’s uncle, and the son of Drusius [214]reigned after him, [215]naturally no bad man, but [216]senseless and foolish. He was not naturally [217]cruel, but only so when [218]instigated by others, [219]especially by his [220]freedmen and his [221]wives, into whose hands he [222]gave up himself and his [223]affairs. His first lady was Messalina, whose [224]depravity and [225]dissoluteness every body [226]knew but himself; till at last [227]venturing to [228]marry one Silius, a knight, she was by her [229]husband’s order slain, together with her [230]paramour, at the [231]instigation of [232]Narcissus, who with [233]Pallas, another of his [234]freedmen, [235]ruled him entirely. Another [236]instance of his [237]folly is, that after Messalina was [238]put to death, by whom he had his son [239]Britannicus, and Octavia, he married Agrippina Germanicus his brother’s daughter, the mother of Nero by [240]Domitius, in the ninth year of his reign, by the [241]advice of Pallas: at whose and Agrippina’s [242]request, he [243]adopted Nero, and [244]passing by Britannicus, [245]designed him for his [246]successor. He [247]banished the [248]Jews from Rome, and the [249]mathematicians out of Italy: and [250]undertaking an [251]expedition into [252]Britain, he [253]subdued it all in sixteen days time, as Dio says, in the third year of his reign. He died in the year of Christ 54, by [254]poison [255]put in a [256]mushroom by Agrippina. He reigned thirteen years eight months and twenty days, and lived sixty-four years. Domitius Nero, [257]mounted the throne after the death of his [258]step-father, being then seventeen years of age. He at first, [259]behaved himself in such a manner, that he might be [260]reckoned among the best of [261]princes; that is, as long as he [262]listened to the [263]precepts of his [264]master Seneca. Afterwards, being [265]corrupted with [266]luxury and [267]flattery, he [268]became more like a [269]monster than a man. He [270]stopped the progress of the Parthians, who had [271]over-run Armenia, by Corbulo, a [272]gallant [273]commander, and a person of great [274]virtue and [275]authority, who [276]recovered Armenia, in the ninth year of Nero, and [277]obliged [278]Tiridates, Volegesis king of the Parthians brother, to [279]come to Rome, and to [280]beg his [281]crown of Nero, in the thirteenth year of Nero’s reign; in which year he [282]recalled Corbulo, and put him to death. He [283]destroyed Britannicus by [284]poison in the very [285]beginning of his reign. He likewise [286]ordered his mother Agrippina to be put to death, after having first [287]disgraced and [288]banished her from the [289]court, which [290]parricide, that nothing might be [291]wanting to [292]complete the [293]unhappiness of the times, the Senate [294]approved of. Afterwards having married Poppæa, whom he [295]took from Otho, he [296]banished Octavia, and at last put her to death. Upon the [297]discovery of a [298]plot, which Piso, and some others had [299]laid against him; he put to death the [300]poet Lucan, and Seneca the philosopher, with several others, in the year of Christ 65, and the same year he [301]kicked his wife Poppæa, when [302]pregnant, [303]to death. He had the [304]impudence to [305]appear upon the [306]stage, and [307]act amongst the [308]players and [309]harpers, and [310]ride [311]chariot-races at the [312]Circensian games; and to [313]represent for his [314]diversion the [315]appearance of [316]Troy in [317]flames, he [318]set fire to the city, and [319]imputed it to the [320]Christians. He [321]became so odious and [322]contemptible by his [323]villanies, that he was [324]forsaken by all, and being [325]sought for in order to be [326]punished, he [327]performed the [328]executioner’s [329]office upon himself, in the 14th year of his [330]reign, and 68th of our Lord. A little before Nero’s death, [331]C. Julius Vindex, who was [332]proprætor of Gaul, [333]openly [334]rebelled, and [335]persuaded Sergius Galba, [336]governor of Spain, to [337]set up for emperor, which he accordingly did, and [338]put Vindex to death presently after. He reigned about seven months, being very [339]old. He was slain together with Piso, whom he had [340]adopted, after M. Silvius Otho was [341]proclaimed emperor; he reigned only about three months. In the mean time, Vitellius [342]trusting to the [343]legions of Germany, which he [344]commanded in [345]quality of a [346]consular [347]lieutenant-general, [348]took upon him the [349]name of emperor, and [350]defeated Otho’s army in a [351]rencounter near [352]Bebriacum, who being [353]weary of a civil war, killed himself. Vitellius reigned eight months after Otho, and was [354]succeeded by Vespasian, who had been [355]sent by Nero to [356]quell the [357]Jews. He reigned ten years with the greatest [358]justice and [359]clemency. He was a great [360]encourager of [361]learning and [362]learned men. The only thing that was [363]blamed in him, was his [364]covetousness, which he used to [365]excuse, by [366]alleging the [367]emptiness of the [368]Exchequer. The war in [369]Judea was [370]finished in his time, to which he was sent by Nero, as we have [371]already [372]said. It was [373]begun by some [374]seditious [375]people that were [376]headed by Eleazar, the son of Ananias, the [377]high-priest, who [378]took up arms against the Romans, under the [379]pretence of [380]religion. Cestius Gallus, [381]lieutenant of Syria, [382]laid siege to [383]Jerusalem, but was [384]beaten off with great [385]slaughter in the 12th year of Nero. The [386]victorious Jews upon their [387]return to Jerusalem, amongst other generals, [388]made choice of [389]Josephus, the son of [390]Matthias for one. In the year of Christ 67, Vespasian, [391]carrying his arms through Galilee and Judea, [392]took, besides most of their towns, Josephus their [393]commander, who [394]foretold his [395]rise. At last, he [396]fell upon Jerusalem, the [397]metropolis of the [398]nation, which was taken by his son Titus, in the second year of his reign. This [399]proved the [400]ruin of the nation, and of the very name of the Jews. The [401]calamity was indeed so [402]violent, and the [403]miseries they [404]suffered so [405]various, that it was [406]visible they were [407]punished for the [408]horrid [409]murder of the [410]only begotten son of God; for a [411]dreadful [412]famine [413]forced the [414]besieged to [415]live on human [416]flesh; mothers to [417]eat their own children; and eleven hundred thousand [418]persons (a thing hardly ever [419]heard of before), [420]perished in that [421]siege. The city was [422]finally [423]razed to the ground. Vespasian, in the third year of his reign [424]triumphed, with his son Titus, over the Jews; upon which he [425]shut up the [426]temple of [427]Janus. He [428]died in his ninth [429]consulship whilst he was [430]giving [431]audience to some [432]ambassadors, having lived sixty-nine years, one month and seven days, and reigned eight years. Titus, who [433]succeeded his father, is [434]deservedly [435]ranked among the best [436]emperors, although before he [437]came to the [438]empire, he was [439]thought a man of a cruel [440]temper, [441]covetous, and [442]depraved. But upon his [443]advancement, he was so much [444]altered for the better, that he [445]deserved the [446]title of the [447]delight of [448]mankind. He was [449]remarkable for great [450]mildness, and [451]easy temper, and never [452]sent any one away [453]dissatisfied; and [454]remembering once at [455]supper that he had [456]done nobody any [457]kindness that day, he told all those who were about him that he had [458]lost a day. In his reign, in the year of Christ 80, there was a [459]dreadful [460]eruption of [461]flames and [462]ashes out of [463]mount Vesuvius, which [464]flew as far as Africa, Syria, and Egypt; and the two towns of Pompeii and [465]Herculaneum[A] were [466]utterly [467]ruined by it. This good emperor died in the year of Christ 81, two years and three months after he had [468]succeeded his father, and in the one and fortieth year of his [469]age, not without the [470]suspicion of having been [471]poisoned by his [472]brother Domitian. [A] The Manuscripts, Vases, &c. &c. which within the last few years have been found among the ruins of these places, are in the present day objects of great curiosity and interest. Titus was very much [473]lamented both by the senate and people: and their [474]concern for his death was very much [475]increased by his brother and [476]successor Domitian, the worst prince of all that [477]came before, or [478]followed after him. At first he made some [479]show of [480]clemency and [481]justice, but soon [482]discovered his [483]temper, and [484]imitated Nero in [485]cruelty, [486]rapine, and [487]debauchery. He [488]ordered himself to be [489]called God, and was at last [490]destroyed by means of a [491]plot, in the year of Christ 96, after he had reigned fifteen years. FOOTNOTES [1] _Egítto_ [2] _ridótto_ [3] _forma_ [4] _província_ [5] _trionfáre_ [6] _conquísta_ [7] _Dalmázia_ [8] _sommíssione_ [9] _consigliársi_ [10] _seriaménte_ [11] _fintaménte_ [12] _depórsi_ [13] _autorità_ [14] _consíglio_ [15] _risólvere_ [16] _presentáre_ [17] _dimanda_ [18] _nonostánte_ [19] _per rassegnare_ [20] _stratagémma_ [21] _assicurársi_ [22] _Cornélio Gallo_ [23] _Románo_ [24] _cavaliére_ [25] _governatóre_ [26] _esiliáto_ [27] _insolenza_ [28] _fare_ [29] _luogotenénte_ [30] _sottomessi_ [31] _ritórno_ [32] _ricusáre_ [33] _triónfo_ [34] _esibíto_ [35] _Fraate_ [36] _restituíre_ [37] _stendárdo_ [38] _preso_ [39] _amíco_ [40] _particoláre_ [41] _stima_ [42] _primo_ [43] _protettóre_ [44] _sciénza_ [45] _sapiénte_ [46] _género_ [47] _dare per moglíe_ [48] _nipóte_ [49] _grávida_ [50] _maríto_ [51] _progénie_ [52] _moríre_ [53] _tribunízio_ [54] _potére_ [55] _mandáto_ [56] _regoláre_ [57] _affáre_ [58] _ritirársi_ [59] _cadere_ [60] _dispiacére_ [61] _figliástro_ [62] _continuáre_ [63] _cagióne_ [64] _ritiratézza_ [65] _avversióne_ [66] _passáre_ [67] _sorta_ [68] _dissolutézza_ [69] _scopérta_ [70] _stravagánza_ [71] _bandíre_ [72] _sécolo_ [73] _prodúrre_ [74] _uomo_ [75] _Greco_ [76] _Dionísio Alicarnasséno_ [77] _Nicóla Damascéno_ [78] _célebre_ [79] _talénto_ [80] _istória_ [81] _Latino_ [82] _Cornélio Nepóte_ [83] _género_ [84] _battáglia_ [85] _célebre_ [86] _poéta_ [87] _Virgilio_ [88] _Orázio_ [89] _Ovídio_ [90] _Tibúllo_ [91] _Propérzio_ [92] _Cristo_ [93] _tenúto_ [94] _eccellénte_ [95] _príncipe_ [96] _necessário_ [97] _succédere_ [98] _salvático_ [99] _indole_ [100] _abbandonáto_ [101] _nascóndere_ [102] _vizio_ [103] _princípio_ [104] _maraviglióso_ [105] _arte_ [106] _adottáto_ [107] _comándo_ [108] _suócero_ [109] _acquistáre_ [110] _riputazióne_ [111] _virtù_ [112] _fatto d’arme_ [113] _risguardáto_ [114] _gelóso_ [115] _próprio_ [116] _rimuóvere_ [117] _maraviglióso_ [118] _succésso_ [119] _Levánte_ [120] _battersi_ [121] _rancóre mortále_ [122] _sospétto_ [123] _avvelenáto_ [124] _proseguíto_ [125] _preveníre_ [126] _senténza_ [127] _volontário_ [128] _Elio Sejáno_ [129] _cavaliére_ [130] _innalzáto_ [131] _malvaggio_ [132] _azióne_ [133] _aspiráre_ [134] _léttera_ [135] _precipitáto_ [136] _colmo_ [137] _grandézza_ [138] _mano_ [139] _carnéfice_ [140] _famiglia_ [141] _regno_ [142] _ritirársi_ [143] _ísola_ [144] _costa_ [145] _intenzióne_ [146] _segretamente_ [147] _voltoláre_ [148] _dissolutézza_ [149] _allegrézza_ [150] _Gesù Cristo_ [151] _nato_ [152] _Vergine Mária_ [153] _crocefísso_ [154] _chiamáto_ [155] _scarpa_ [156] _portáto_ [157] _soldatésca_ [158] _portáre_ [159] _succédere_ [160] _entráto_ [161] _avveniménto_ [162] _trono_ [163] _speránza_ [164] _rassomigliáre_ [165] _dotáto_ [166] _qualità_ [167] _corpo_ [168] _mente_ [169] _principiáre_ [170] _segno_ [171] _moderazióne_ [172] _risguárdo_ [173] _spogliáto_ [174] _umanità_ [175] _superáre_ [176] _animále_ [177] _crudeltà_ [178] _strage_ [179] _rango_ [180] _grado_ [181] _uccídere_ [182] _capitáno_ [183] _pretóriano_ [184] _guardia_ [185] _mezzo_ [186] _comméttere_ [187] _delitto_ [188] _dato fondo all’_ [189] _imménso_ [190] _tesóro_ [191] _lasciáto_ [192] _cominciáre_ [193] _proscrívere_ [194] _sacchegiáre_ [195] _sentíto_ [196] _vorréi_ [197] _collo_ [198] _edifízio_ [199] _lavóro_ [200] _effettuáre_ [201] _stimáto_ [202] _farsi_ [203] _adoráre_ [204] _mondo_ [205] _témpio_ [206] _edificáre_ [207] _tribuno_ [208] _coorte_ [209] _guárdia_ [210] _fatto_ [211] _cospirazióne_ [212] _regnáto_ [213] _vissúto_ [214] _regnáre_ [215] _naturalménte_ [216] _insensáto_ [217] _crudéle_ [218] _istigáto_ [219] _sopratútto_ [220] _liberto_ [221] _moglie_ [222] _abbandonársi_ [223] _affáre_ [224] _sfrenatezza_ [225] _dissolutézza_ [226] _essere noto_ [227] _arrischiáre_ [228] _sposáre_ [229] _maríto_ [230] _drudo_ [231] _istigazióne_ [232] _Narcísso_ [233] _Pállade_ [234] _libérto_ [235] _governáre_ [236] _argoménto_ [237] _pazzía_ [238] _messo_ [239] _Británnico_ [240] _Domízio_ [241] _consíglio_ [242] _richiésta_ [243] _adottáre_ [244] _dimenticáre_ [245] _destináre_ [246] _successóre_ [247] _bandíre_ [248] _Giudéo_ [249] _matemático_ [250] _intrapréndere_ [251] _spedizióne_ [252] _Brettágna_ [253] _soggiogáre_ [254] _veléno_ [255] _messo_ [256] _fungo_ [257] _ascéndere_ [258] _patrígno_ [259] _comportársi_ [260] _annoveráto_ [261] _príncipe_ [262] _ascoltáre_ [263] _precétto_ [264] _maéstro_ [265] _corrótto_ [266] _lussúria_ [267] _adulazióne_ [268] _diventáre_ [269] _mostro_ [270] _arrestáre_ [271] _trascórrere_ [272] _valoróso_ [273] _capitáno_ [274] _virtù_ [275] _autorità_ [276] _ricuperáre_ [277] _obbligáre_ [278] _Tiridáte Vologéso_ [279] _veníre_ [280] _domandáre_ [281] _coróna_ [282] _richiamáre_ [283] _far moríre_ [284] _veléno_ [285] _princípio_ [286] _ordináre_ [287] _privatala degli onori_ [288] _bandíto_ [289] _corte_ [290] _parricídio_ [291] _mancáre_ [292] _compíre_ [293] _miséria_ [294] _approváre_ [295] _leváre_ [296] _esiliáre_ [297] _scopérta_ [298] _trama_ [299] _macchináto_ [300] _poéta Lucáno_ [301] _dare dei calci_ [302] _grávida_ [303] _in modo da farla morire_ [304] _sfacciatággine_ [305] _comparíre_ [306] _teátro_ [307] _recitáre_ [308] _commediánte_ [309] _suonatóre d’arpa_ [310] _fare_ [311] _corse di carro_ [312] _giuóchi Circénsi_ [313] _rappresentáre_ [314] _spasso_ [315] _apparénza_ [316] _Troja_ [317] _fiámma_ [318] _incendiáre_ [319] _imputáre_ [320] _Cristiáno_ [321] _diventáre_ [322] _sprezzábile_ [323] _scelleratézza_ [324] _abbandonáto_ [325] _cercáto_ [326] _castigáto_ [327] _eseguíre_ [328] _carnéfice_ [329] _uffício_ [330] _regno_ [331] _C. Giúlio Vindíce_ [332] _propretóre_ [333] _apertaménte_ [334] _ribellársi_ [335] _persuadére_ [336] _governatóre_ [337] _farsi_ [338] _méttere_ [339] _vécchio_ [340] _adottáto_ [341] _proclamáto_ [342] _confidársi_ [343] _legióne_ [344] _comandáre_ [345] _qualità_ [346] _consoláre_ [347] _luogotenénte_ [348] _préndere_ [349] _nome_ [350] _sconfíggere_ [351] _combattiménto_ [352] _Bebríaco_ [353] _stanco_ [354] _succedúto_ [355] _mandáto_ [356] _reprímere_ [357] _Giudéo_ [358] _giustízia_ [359] _cleménza_ [360] _promotóre_ [361] _sciénza_ [362] _sapiénte_ [363] _biasimáto_ [364] _cupidígia_ [365] _scusáre_ [366] _allegáre_ [367] _povertà_ [368] _erário_ [369] _Giudéa_ [370] _termináto_ [371] _già_ [372] _detto_ [373] _principiáto_ [374] _sedizióso_ [375] _gente_ [376] _comandáto_ [377] _gran sacerdóte_ [378] _prendere_ [379] _pretésto_ [380] _religióne_ [381] _luogotenénte_ [382] _assediáre_ [383] _Gierusalémme_ [384] _rispínto_ [385] _stráge_ [386] _vincitóre_ [387] _ritórno_ [388] _scégliere_ [389] _Giuséppe_ [390] _Máttia_ [391] _portáre_ [392] _pigliáre_ [393] _comandánte_ [394] _prédire_ [395] _elevazióne_ [396] _gettársi_ [397] _metrópoli_ [398] _nazióne_ [399] _cagionáre_ [400] _rovína_ [401] _calamità_ [402] _violento_ [403] _miséria_ [404] _soffríre_ [405] _differénte_ [406] _visíbile_ [407] _puníto_ [408] _orréndo_ [409] _omicídio_ [410] _unigénito_ [411] _terríbile_ [412] _fame_ [413] _forzáre_ [414] _assediáto_ [415] _vívere_ [416] _carne_ [417] _mangiáre_ [418] _persóna_ [419] _sentíto_ [420] _períre_ [421] _assédio_ [422] _finalménte_ [423] _spianáto_ [424] _trionfáre_ [425] _chiúdere_ [426] _témpio_ [427] _Giáno_ [428] _moríre_ [429] _consoláto_ [430] _dare_ [431] _udiénza_ [432] _ambasciadóre_ [433] _succédere_ [434] _meritaménte_ [435] _annoveráto_ [436] _imperatóre_ [437] _arriváre_ [438] _império_ [439] _credúto_ [440] _natúra_ [441] _aváro_ [442] _sensuále_ [443] _avanzaménto_ [444] _cambiáto_ [445] _meritáre_ [446] _títolo_ [447] _delízia_ [448] _génere umáno_ [449] _notábile_ [450] _benignità_ [451] _piacevolézza_ [452] _rimandare_ [453] _malconténto_ [454] _ricordársi_ [455] _cena_ [456] _fatto_ [457] _benefício_ [458] _perdúto_ [459] _spaventévole_ [460] _eruzione_ [461] _fiámma_ [462] _cénere_ [463] _Monte Vesúvio_ [464] _spargersi_ [465] _Ercoláno_ [466] _affátto_ [467] _distrútto_ [468] _succedúto_ [469] _età_ [470] _sospétto_ [471] _avvelenáto_ [472] _fratéllo_ [473] _compianto_ [474] _afflizióne_ [475] _accresciúto_ [476] _successóre_ [477] _precedere_ [478] _seguíre_ [479] _mostra_ [480] _cleménza_ [481] _giustízia_ [482] _scopríre_ [483] _natúra_ [484] _imitáre_ [485] _crudeltà_ [486] _rapína_ [487] _lussúria_ [488] _farsi_ [489] _chiamáre_ [490] _uccíso_ [491] _cospirazióne_ CHAP. IX. _(Of Rome, 836--Of Christ, 96.)_ [1]Cocceius Nerva succeeded Domitian in the empire. He reigned but one year, four months, and eleven days; an [2]excellent prince, but [3]despised for his age. He [4]annulled all the [5]acts of Domitian, and [6]restored what had been [7]taken from the people by [8]violence and [9]injustice: but he [10]wanted [11]authority to [12]keep the soldiers within [13]due bounds; wherefore those who were [14]concerned in the death of Domitian, from whom he had [15]received the empire, were [16]killed by the [17]guards, [18]in spite of all he could do to [19]prevent it. He made Trajan, [20]lieutenant of Germany, his [21]adopted son, with whom he lived three months. Trajan [22]took upon him the [23]government of the empire at [24]Cologn, being then in the 42nd year of his age; and a man [25]excellently [26]skilled in the [27]military art. He was likewise a person of great prudence, [28]moderation, and [29]meekness of [30]temper; so that he was thought by all to [31]deserve the [32]surname of [33]Optimus. He [34]added Dacia to the empire, and, [35]marching into the [36]East, [37]subdued the [38]Armenians, the [39]Iberians, the [40]Colchians, the [41]Sarmatians, the [42]Osrhoenians, the [43]Arabians, and the [44]Bosphoranians. He likewise [45]fell upon the Parthians, and [46]took the cities Seleucia, [47]Ctesiphon, and [48]Babylon, with several others. But upon his [49]taking a voyage in the [50]Red Sea, almost all those nations [51]rose in rebellion. He, however, [52]quickly [53]reduced them either in person or by his [54]lieutenants. There was in his time a great [55]earthquake, which [56]ruined the city of [57]Antioch: it [58]happened in the year of Christ 115, in the [59]consulship of Messala and Pedo, the latter of whom was [60]buried in the [61]ruins of the [62]place, and Trajan was [63]drawn through a [64]window, and had [65]much ado to [66]escape. The Jews of [67]Syrene [68]took up arms, and [69]exercised all manner of [70]cruelty upon the Romans and Greeks throughout [71]Egypt and [72]Cyprus. Trajan [73]suppressed this rebellion with infinite [74]slaughter, by his lieutenant Martius Turbo. [75]Whilst he was [76]preparing to march against the Parthians, who were up in arms, having [77]forced from amongst them the king that had been [78]given them by the Roman emperor; this excellent prince [79]fell ill, and [80]died at [81]Selinus in Cilicia. He reigned nineteen years, six months, and fifteen days. [82]Ælius Hadrianus, Trajan’s [83]cousin and [84]countryman, [85]obtained the empire after him, by the [86]favour of Plotina, Trajan’s wife; a man very [87]fickle in his [88]temper and [89]genius, [90]equally [91]formed for virtue and [92]vice. He [93]went through all the [94]provinces of the empire, so that nobody had ever [95]travelled over so much of the [96]world as he. After the death of Trajan, he [97]abandoned Armenia, Syria, and Mesopotamia, to the Parthians, and [98]intended likewise to [99]leave Dacia, had he not been [100]apprehensive of [101]ruining the many thousands of Romans that were there. He [102]rebuilt Jerusalem, which he [103]called Ælia Capitolina, and [104]settled a colony there; and in the same place where the [105]temple had [106]stood, [107]built another in [108]honour of [109]Jupiter; which so [110]provoked the Jews, that, [111]taking up arms, they [112]carried on the war with more [113]fury than ever, under the [114]conduct of Barchochebas; against whom, amongst other [115]skilful generals that he [116]employed, Hadrian [117]sent for Julius Severus out of [118]Britain, by whom the Jews were by [119]degrees [120]suppressed and utterly [121]destroyed; there being no less than 50,000 slain in that war, besides an [122]innumerable [123]multitude that were [124]consumed by [125]famine, [126]pestilence, and [127]fire; so that [128]Palestine became almost a [129]wilderness. After that time, the Jews were [130]forbidden, [131]under pain of death, to come to Jerusalem, unless one day in a year to [132]lament their [133]misery. At last Hadrian [134]growing old and [135]infirm, having no [136]children of his own, [137]adopted [138]Arrius Antoninus, who was afterwards [139]surnamed [140]Pius, [141]upon condition that he should adopt Annius Verus, son of Ælius Verus, and [142]M. Aurelius Antoninus. After which he died at Baiæ, in the year of Christ 138, having lived sixty-two years, and reigned twenty-one and eleven months. Antoninus Pius, adopted by Hadrian, [143]governed the Roman empire with so much virtue and [144]goodness, that he [145]surpassed all [146]example; for he [147]managed the [148]commonwealth rather with the [149]affection of a father, than with the authority of a prince, and [150]kept the world in [151]peace during his whole reign, for which [152]reason he was [153]compared to Numa. [154]Foreign and [155]remote princes and [156]nations [157]feared him to that degree, that they [158]referred the [159]decision of their [160]controversies to him. He [161]forbade any [162]scrutiny to be made after those, who had [163]entered into a [164]plot against his [165]life. He died in the seventieth year of his age, and twenty-fourth of his reign. After him reigned M. Antonius Verus, [166]son-in-law of Pius; for he had married his daughter Valeria Faustina. He had from [167]his youth been [168]educated as well in the [169]knowledge of other [170]arts as the [171]studies of [172]wisdom, which he [173]made appear no less in his life and [174]conduct, than his [175]words and [176]professions. In the [177]beginning of his reign, he made L. Ælius Verus his [178]partner of the empire, to whom he married his daughter Lucilla. They reigned together eleven years, being of very [179]different [180]inclinations; for Verus was of a [181]listless, [182]luxurious, and [183]morose temper, but was [184]kept within [185]bounds through the [186]respect he had for his father-in-law; by whom he was [187]sent against the Parthians, and [188]carried on the war [189]successfully for four years, by his lieutenants; wherefore they both [190]triumphed over the Parthians. Afterwards they [191]undertook an [192]expedition against the Marcomanni, but upon their [193]march, Verus was [194]seized with an [195]apoplexy, between Concordia and [196]Altinum, and died. M. Aurelius carried on the war for three years against the Marcomanni, to whom the Quadi, [197]Vandals, [198]Sarmatians, and Suevi, [199]joined themselves. His army in [200]want [201]of water, was [202]relieved by a [203]legion of [204]Christians that was in it, who, by their [205]prayers [206]procured [207]rain from [208]heaven, according to [209]Eusebius. The [210]exchequer being quite [211]exhausted by the great [212]expense of the war, that he might not [213]burthen the people with [214]taxes, he [215]produced all the imperial [216]furniture and [217]sold it; and after the victory [218]restored the [219]price to those [220]purchasers who [221]were willing to [222]part with what they had [223]bought. Avidius Cassius, upon [224]false advice that he was [225]dead, [226]seized the [227]government, and was slain three months after. M. Aurelius died at Vienna, after a reign of nineteen years, and eleven months. He was [228]succeeded by his [229]wicked son Aurelius Commodus Antoninus, who [230]resembled Nero for [231]cruelty, [232]lust, [233]avarice, and such practices as are [234]scandalous in an emperor. Having [235]settled his affairs with the [236]Germans, he triumphed at Rome. He put to death his sister Lucilla, who, with [237]several others, had [238]conspired against his life. He [239]used to [240]fight among the [241]gladiators in the [242]public games. He was at last, after an [243]infamous life, [244]slain by the [245]contrivance of a [246]mistress, and the captain-general of his [247]life-guards, whom he had [248]determined to [249]put to death. He reigned twelve years, nine months, and fourteen days. After Commodus was [250]killed in the year of Christ 193, P. [251]Helvius Pertinax, was [252]declared emperor, by those who had [253]dispatched Commodus, who [254]endeavouring to [255]reduce the [256]commonwealth into better [257]order, and to [258]curb the [259]licentiousness of the [260]soldiery, was, within eighty days after his coming to the empire, [261]murdered by his own guards. The empire after this, was by the soldiers [262]exposed to [263]sale, and Didius Julianus [264]coming up to their [265]terms, was [266]accepted of, and [267]proclaimed emperor accordingly. But [268]not being able to [269]make up the [270]promised donative, he was [271]forsaken by them, and slain by [272]order of Septimius Severus, after he had reigned two months and five days. This Severus, a [273]native of Africa, was at that time lieutenant of Pannonia, and [274]took upon him the government, under the [275]pretence of [276]revenging Pertinax’s death. He first of all [277]disbanded the guards for that [278]abominable [279]murder. Then he [280]fell upon Pescennius Niger, lieutenant of Syria, and Clodius Albinus of [281]Britain, his [282]competitor for the empire. Niger was [283]conquered, and Antioch, into which he [284]threw himself, was taken; after which, [285]flying towards the [286]river Euphrates, he was [287]taken and slain. After the [288]taking off of Niger, Severus [289]took [290]Byzantium, which had [291]declared for him, after a [292]siege of three years. [293]Matters being [294]brought to a [295]peaceable [296]settlement in the [297]East, he [298]turned his arms [299]westward against Clodius Albinus, and [300]engaged him at [301]Lyons in [302]France; where many being slain on both [303]sides, and amongst others, Albinus, he was [304]left sole [305]possessor of the empire. The city was [306]plundered and [307]burnt, Albinus’s [308]head [309]sent to Rome, and a [310]dreadful [311]havoc made among those who had been his [312]favourers and [313]friends. After this, he [314]marched [315]eastward again, and [316]conquered the Parthians, the [317]Adiabenians, and Arabians, whilst Plotianus, in the mean time, [318]governed all at Rome. Plotilla, this man’s daughter, was [319]contracted to Antoninus, Severus’s son, and the [320]nuptials were [321]celebrated in the tenth year of Severus’s reign. But not long after, Plotianus being [322]engaged in a [323]plot against the emperor, was slain by his [324]son-in-law, and a great many that had been in his [325]interest, killed after him. Severus [326]undertook an [327]expedition into Britain, with his two sons, in the 15th year of his reign, where he [328]continued three years; being very [329]successful, he [330]drew a [331]wall [332]across the [333]island for its [334]security. He died at York, after he had reigned seventeen years eight months and three days. [335]Antoninus Caracalla and Geta, the two sons of Severus, were after him [336]advanced to the empire, in the year of Christ 211. But the [337]difference of their [338]humour and [339]manners was such, that they were [340]perpetually at [341]variance. Geta was of a [342]mild and civil [343]temper, the other [344]cruel and [345]boisterous, who, in the second year of his reign, [346]slew his brother in his [347]mother’s [348]bosom. After him, a great many of his friends and [349]favourers were [350]put to death, amongst whom the [351]famous [352]lawyer [353]Papinian, because he would not [354]justify his [355]parricide. After this, he [356]marched into the [357]East. At Alexandria he made a [358]shocking [359]massacre of the [360]inhabitants, for having some time before made some [361]jests upon him. He then [362]invaded [363]Artabanus, king of the Parthians, and [364]laid waste his [365]dominions. He was [366]killed by the [367]contrivance of Opilius Macrinus after he had reigned six years and two months. Macrinus [368]enjoyed the empire but a short time; for he and his sons were slain by the [369]soldiers within a year and two months after he obtained it: and was [370]succeeded by [371]Antoninus Heliogabalus, [372]supposed, but [373]falsely, to be the son of Caracalla. He was the [374]vilest [375]wretch that ever lived, [376]given up to all manner of [377]vice. Wherefore, after a reign of three years, and nine months, he was slain by the [378]soldiery, with his mother Julia, or Semiamira. After this, [379]M. Aurelius Alexander [380]mounted the throne, having been [381]created Cæsar the year before; an [382]extraordinary prince, and well [383]instructed in all the [384]arts of [385]peace and war. He [386]carried a strict hand over the [387]judges, and was very [388]severe upon all those that by [389]favour or [390]bribery [391]transgressed the [392]bounds of [393]justice. He [394]banished from his [395]person all [396]flatterers, [397]buffoons, and such as are a [398]scandal to the [399]court. He [400]forbade the [401]sale of [402]offices, saying, that what was [403]bought would be [404]sold again. He [405]allowed the [406]deputies of the [407]provinces all their [408]furniture out of the [409]exchequer, that they might not be [410]burdensome to the people. He was [411]successful against the Persians, but at last slain in a [412]sedition of his army. In the fifth year of his reign, [413]Artaxerxes, [414]the Persian, having [415]defeated the Parthians in three [416]battles, and slain their king Artabanus, [417]raised again the empire of the Persians in the East. He also made an [418]excursion into the Roman [419]territories, but was defeated by Alexander. After this, he [420]undertook an [421]expedition against the Germans, in which he was slain by Maximinus, together with his mother, after a reign of thirteen years. Maximinus was made emperor after the [422]murder of Alexander, and [423]put a happy end to the German war. In the mean time he made a [424]dreadful [425]havoc at Rome, by his governor there, and killed a great many of the [426]nobility. During this, the two [427]Gordians, father and son, while at [428]Carthage, [429]laid claim to the empire. The Romans, being [430]headed by the senate, [431]declared against Maximinus; and [432]persons were [433]dispatched away to [434]secure the provinces for the senate. At home, twenty [435]commissioners were [436]nominated for the [437]management of public [438]affairs. The Gordians being [439]killed in Africa, after a year and a few days, by [440]Capelian, Maximinus’s general, [441]Balbinus and [442]Maximus Pupienus, two of the [443]twenty [444]commissioners, were [445]advanced to the empire by the senate in the year of Christ 237; in which Maximinus, as he was [446]besieging Aquileia, was slain by the [447]soldiers with his son, who was but a [448]boy, after a reign of two years and ten months. Balbinus and Pupienus, with Gordian ([449]a boy, who, as will be seen [450]hereafter, [451]perished in Africa), reigned together for a year. But afterwards being [452]desirous to [453]get rid of Gordian, who was more in [454]favour than themselves, they were slain by the soldiers in the year of Christ 238; from which time Gordian [455]enjoyed the empire by himself, a [456]youth of an [457]extraordinary [458]genius, and [459]prone to all manner of virtue; which was [460]improved by the [461]prudence of Misitheus, a very [462]learned and [463]eloquent man, whose daughter he [464]married; with whom he [465]marched at the [466]head of the great army against the Persians, and [467]recovered from them [468]Carræ, [469]Nisibis, and other towns, and [470]forced them back into their own [471]country. The year [472]following, Misitheus being [473]murdered by the [474]contrivance of [475]Philip the Arabian, Gordian himself was soon after slain in a [476]tumult, which the same Philip [477]raised by the [478]help of some soldiers he had [479]corrupted, after he had reigned six years, in whose [480]place the [481]parricide [482]succeeded. In the fourth year of Philip’s reign, the [483]Secular games were [484]celebrated at Rome, in the [485]thousandth year of the city. He was [486]at last [487]slain at Verona, by the soldiers, in the sixth year of his [488]reign. Decius, [489]born in [490]Lower Pannonia, a man of great [491]courage and [492]experience in war, [493]succeeded him. He [494]perished in a [495]morass in a battle against the [496]Barbarians. This [497]defeat was [498]occasioned by the [499]treachery of Gallus, who [500]secretly [501]caballed with the enemy after he had reigned thirty months. This Gallus being made emperor by the [502]choice of the [503]soldiery, and having [504]taken his son as a [505]partner in the [506]government, was slain together with him by the soldiers, two years and four months after at Interamna, as he was [507]marching against Æmilian, who was [508]raising a [509]rebellion in Mœtia. Æmilian did not reign long, being slain three months after his [510]advancement, and was [511]succeeded by Valerian, with his son Gallienus, who reigned six years together; during which time the Roman empire was [512]miserably [513]rent by the Barbarians. Thirty [514]tyrants [515]started up in several [516]places, according to [517]Trebellius Pollio. Wherefore Valerian [518]marching against the [519]Scythians, who had [520]taken [521]Chalcedon, [522]burnt Nice, and the [523]temple of the [524]Ephesian Diana, and from thence [525]advancing against Sapores, who [526]was very troublesome to the [527]Eastern [528]borders, he [529]took him [530]prisoner, and [531]treated him like a vile [532]slave; for when he [533]mounted his [534]horse, he [535]set his [536]foot upon his [537]neck, who [538]bowed down [539]for that purpose. At last he [540]ordered him to be [541]flayed and [542]salted. This [543]victory over the Romans [544]happened in the year of Christ 260. After which Odenatus, a senator of the [545]Palmyrenians, whom Zenobia had [546]married, [547]bravely [548]repulsed the Persians that still [549]harassed the [550]borders. [551]In the mean time Gallienus, wholly [552]given up to [553]luxury and [554]debauchery, [555]suffered the empire to be [556]torn to pieces by the Barbarians, and [557]tyrants. Odenatus, after the [558]taking of Nisibis and Carræ, and the [559]recovery of Mesopotamia, [560]upon routing of the king of the Persians, having [561]sent the great [562]lords of the Persians to him in [563]chains, he was [564]not ashamed to [565]triumph, as if he had [566]conquered them himself. Odenatus was [567]murdered by his [568]cousin, together with his son Herod, whose [569]wife Zenobia, being a [570]woman of a [571]masculine spirit, [572]undertook the government. Gallienus was slain with his brother Valerian at [573]Milan, as he was marching against Aureolus the tyrant. He reigned almost seven years with his father, and eight alone. Claudius [574]succeeded him; a [575]frugal and [576]moderate prince, and very [577]serviceable to the public, who having [578]taken off the tyrant Aureolus, was very [579]successful against the [580]Goths, of whom he [581]slew 320,000, and [582]sunk 200 of their [583]ships. The rest of the Barbarians were [584]consumed at [585]Hæmimontium by [586]famine and [587]pestilence; and soon after Claudius [588]died of the same [589]plague, after a reign of one year and nine months. His brother Quintilius [590]usurping the empire, was slain by the soldiers ten days after, who had now [591]made choice of Aurelian, a person of [592]mean birth, but [593]reckoned amongst the most [594]glorious princes, only rather too [595]cruel. He [596]subdued the Alemanni and Marcomanni, from whom the Romans had before [597]received a [598]signal [599]overthrow. After that victory he [600]came to Rome, [601]put several of the [602]senators to death, and [603]enlarged the [604]walls of the city. Then marching [605]eastward, he conquered Zenobia, whom with the tyrant [606]Tetrichus, he [607]led in [608]triumph. [609]Aurelius Victor tells us, he was the first of the Roman emperors who [610]wore a [611]diadem on his [612]head, or [613]used [614]jewels and [615]cloth of [616]gold. He was [617]taken off by [618]Mnestheus, a [619]notary to the [620]secretaries at [621]Cænophrurium, [622]betwixt [623]Byzantium and Heraclea. After his [624]death, there was an [625]interregnum of about seven months, [626]occasioned by a [627]dispute between the senate and the army, about the [628]choice of an emperor; at length Tacitus was [629]chosen by the senate, a person of [630]excellent [631]morals, and very [632]fit for the [633]government, he was [634]descended from Tacitus the [635]historian; and he [636]died of a [637]fever six months after at Tarsus. His brother Florianus [638]succeeded him: but Probus being [639]set up by a [640]majority of the army, Florianus [641]bled himself to death, two months after his brother died, in the year of Christ 276. This Probus was [642]born in Pannonia Sirmiensis, a very fine man, and an excellent [643]soldier, of [644]unspotted morals. [645]As soon as he was [646]made emperor, he [647]punished all those who [648]had a hand in the death of Aurelian. After that, he [649]marched to [650]Gaul, [651]recovered several towns out of the [652]hands of the [653]Barbarians, and [654]slew nearly 70,000 of them. After [655]reducing [656]Gaul, he recovered [657]Illyricum, and [658]subdued the people [659]called the [660]Getæ; then going into the [661]East, he [662]fell upon the [663]Persians; when having [664]defeated them, and [665]taken several towns, he was [666]slain on his [667]return to Italy, by the soldiers, at [668]Sirmium, who [669]hated him for his great [670]severity. This [671]happened in the seventh year of his [672]reign, and the 282nd of Christ. Probus was [673]succeeded by M. Aurelius Carus, [674]born at [675]Narbon in France, who [676]immediately [677]made his sons Carinus, and Numerianus, [678]Cæsars; and having [679]sent Carinus to [680]take the care of Gaul, he [681]marched into the [682]East against the Persians with Numerianus; where, after he had [683]reduced Mesopotamia, and marched as far as [684]Ctesiphon, he was [685]struck dead by [686]lightning, having [687]reigned about a year. Numerianus being much [688]concerned for his father’s death, [689]contracted a [690]weakness in his [691]eyes with [692]weeping, and was [693]slain by the [694]contrivance of Aper his [695]father-in-law. Carinus was nothing [696]like his father and brother, being [697]guilty of all [698]manner of [699]wickedness; [700]wherefore he was [701]odious to all [702]ranks of [703]people. He was [704]betrayed by his own army at [705]Margum in Mœsia, and [706]killed by the soldiers of Dioclesian, who, as soon as Numerianus was [707]dead, [708]accepted of the [709]purple [710]offered him by the army, being born of [711]mean parents in [712]Dalmatia (for [713]he is said to have been the [714]slave of [715]Anulinus the senator), but a [716]gallant soldier. He [717]took his [718]oath in an [719]assembly of the soldiers, that he [720]had no hand in the death of Numerianus, and upon that [721]slew Aper with his own [722]hand; and so [723]fulfilled the [724]prophecy of him, that he should be emperor, when he had killed a [725]boar with his own hand; for which reason [726]as often as he [727]met with a boar, he [728]used to kill him. After he had killed Aper, he said he had [729]found the fatal boar. He [730]suppressed the [731]boors who made an [732]insurrection in Gaul, and [733]called themselves Bacaudæ, by means of [734]Maximianus Herculius, whom he [735]sent thither [736]for that purpose in the year 285, in which this Herculius was first made Cæsar, and the year [737]following he was made Augustus. About the same time Carausius having [738]seized upon [739]Britain, and Achilleus in [740]Egypt, [741]pretended to the empire; and in the [742]East, Narses king of Persia, being [743]ready to [744]fall upon the Romans, and Africa being [745]wasted by the [746]Quinquegentians, the better to [747]conduct all these wars at once, he [748]created Constantius Chlorus, and Galerius Maximianus, Cæsars. The latter was [749]born in Dacia, not far from Sardica, and was [750]surnamed [751]Armentarius, because he had been a [752]herdsman. Dioclesian [753]gave his daughter Valeria to Armentarius, and Maximianus Herculius [754]disposed of his step-daughter Theodora to Constantius. After this, Dioclesian [755]went to Egypt, Herculius into Africa, Armentarius into the East, and Constantius into Britain. Alexandria was [756]taken by Dioclesian, after a [757]siege of eight months, in the twelfth year of his reign. Ceransius was [758]killed by his friend [759]Alectus, eight years after his [760]revolt. At the same time the Quinquegentians were [761]reduced by Maximianus Herculius: and Galerius Armentarius [762]defeated by Narsus, being [763]haughtily [764]received by Dioclesian, he the year following 297, [765]revenged this [766]disgrace, by [767]routing the Persian army, and [768]taking the [769]wives, [770]sisters, and [771]children of Narsus prisoners; upon which Dioclesian received him [772]honourably in Mesopotamia. At length, after a [773]splendid [774]triumph, Dioclesian and Herculius [775]laid down their [776]authority; the former did it [777]by choice, and [778]retired to Salonæ; the other was [779]prevailed upon more by the [780]authority of his [781]colleague, than from any [782]inclination for it. This [783]happened in the 20th of Dioclesian, and 304th year of Christ; upon which [784]Constantius Chlorus, and [785]Galerius Maximianus Armentarius, were [786]proclaimed emperors; Severus, and Galerius Maximianus, the [787]nephew of Armentarius by a sister, were [788]declared Cæsars. Constantius [789]divided the Roman empire with Maximian, [790]keeping to himself Gaul, Italy, and Africa; but the two [791]last he afterwards [792]left to his colleague, who had besides [793]Illyricum, Asia, and the [794]East. Of this he made Maximianus [795]governor, and [796]placed Severus in Italy. FOOTNOTES [1] _Coccéjo Nerva_ [2] _eccellénte_ [3] _sprezzáto_ [4] _annulláre_ [5] _atto_ [6] _restituíre_ [7] _preso_ [8] _violénza_ [9] _ingiustízia_ [10] _mancáre_ [11] _autorità_ [12] _tenére_ [13] _dovére_ [14] _avér parte_ [15] _ricevúto_ [16] _uccíso_ [17] _guárdia_ [18] _ad onta di_ [19] _impedíre_ [20] _luogotenénte_ [21] _adottáto_ [22] _pigliáre_ [23] _govérno_ [24] _Cológna_ [25] _ottimaménte_ [26] _versáto_ [27] _arte militáre_ [28] _moderazióne_ [29] _dolce_ [30] _temperamento_ [31] _meritáre_ [32] _sopranome_ [33] _Óttimo_ [34] _aggiúngere_ [35] _marciáre_ [36] _Levánte_ [37] _soggiogáre_ [38] _Armeni_ [39] _Ibérj_ [40] _Colchi_ [41] _Sármati_ [42] _Osroéni_ [43] _Árabi_ [44] _Bosforáni_ [45] _attaccáre_ [46] _préndere_ [47] _Tesifóne_ [48] _Babilónia_ [49] _fare un viággio_ [50] _per il mar rosso_ [51] _ribellársi_ [52] _presto_ [53] _ridúrre_ [54] _luogotenénte_ [55] _terremóto_ [56] _rovináre_ [57] _Ántíochia_ [58] _succédere_ [59] _consoláto_ [60] _seppellíto_ [61] _rovína_ [62] _piázza_ [63] _tiráto_ [64] _finéstra_ [65] _molta difficoltà_ [66] _scappáre_ [67] _Siréne_ [68] _prénder le armi_ [69] _esercitáre_ [70] _crudeltà_ [71] _Egítto_ [72] _Cipro_ [73] _sopprímere_ [74] _strage_ [75] _mentre_ [76] _preparársi_ [77] _scacciato_ [78] _dato_ [79] _ammalársi_ [80] _moríre_ [81] _Selíno_ [82] _Elio Adriáno_ [83] _cugíno_ [84] _compatriótto_ [85] _ottenére_ [86] _favóre_ [87] _mutábile_ [88] _natúra_ [89] _génio_ [90] _ugualménte_ [91] _formato_ [92] _vízio_ [93] _andáre_ [94] _província_ [95] _viaggiáre_ [96] _mondo_ [97] _cédere_ [98] _disegnáre_ [99] _lasciáre_ [100] _temúto_ [101] _rovináre_ [102] _riedificáre_ [103] _chiamáre_ [104] _stabilíre_ [105] _témpio_ [106] _situáto_ [107] _edificáre_ [108] _onóre_ [109] _Gióve_ [110] _irritáre_ [111] _pigliár l’armi_ [112] _fare_ [113] _fúria_ [114] _condótta_ [115] _sperimentáto_ [116] _impiegáre_ [117] _far veníre_ [118] _Brettágna_ [119] _gradualménte_ [120] _sopprésso_ [121] _distrútto_ [122] _innumerábile_ [123] _moltitúdine_ [124] _consumáto_ [125] _fame_ [126] _peste_ [127] _fuóco_ [128] _Palestína_ [129] _desérto_ [130] _proibíto_ [131] _sotto pena di morte_ [132] _compiángere_ [133] _miséria_ [134] _diveníre vécchio_ [135] _inférmo_ [136] _figliuólo_ [137] _adottáre_ [138] _Árrio Antoníno_ [139] _cognominato_ [140] _Pio_ [141] _con patto_ [142] _M. Aurélio Antonino_ [143] _governáre_ [144] _benignità_ [145] _sorpassáre_ [146] _esémpio_ [147] _maneggiáre_ [148] _repúbblica_ [149] _affezióne_ [150] _tenére_ [151] _pace_ [152] _ragióne_ [153] _comparáto_ [154] _straniéro_ [155] _remóto_ [156] _nazióne_ [157] _temére_ [158] _riméttere_ [159] _decisióne_ [160] _controvérsia_ [161] _proibíre_ [162] _scrutinio_ [163] _entráre_ [164] _cospirazióne_ [165] _vita_ [166] _género_ [167] _gioventù_ [168] _educáto_ [169] _conoscénza_ [170] _arte_ [171] _stúdio_ [172] _sapiénza_ [173] _mostrare_ [174] _condótta_ [175] _paróla_ [176] _professióne_ [177] _princípio_ [178] _compágno_ [179] _differénte_ [180] _inclinazióne_ [181] _pigro_ [182] _lussurióso_ [183] _fastidióso_ [184] _tenúto_ [185] _moderazióne_ [186] _rispétto_ [187] _mandáto_ [188] _fare_ [189] _con buon successo_ [190] _trionfáre_ [191] _intrapréndere_ [192] _spedizióne_ [193] _márcia_ [194] _assalíto_ [195] _apopléssia_ [196] _Altíno_ [197] _Vándali_ [198] _Sarmáti_ [199] _unírsi_ [200] _necessità_ [201] _acqua_ [202] _soccorsa_ [203] _legióne_ [204] _Cristiáno_ [205] _preghiéra_ [206] _procuráre_ [207] _pióggia_ [208] _ciélo_ [209] _Eusébio_ [210] _erário_ [211] _vuoto_ [212] _spesa_ [213] _caricáre_ [214] _dazio_ [215] _mise fuori_ [216] _forniménto_ [217] _véndere_ [218] _restituíre_ [219] _prezzo_ [220] _compratóre_ [221] _volére_ [222] _disfársi_ [223] _compráto_ [224] _falso avvíso_ [225] _morto_ [226] _usurpáre_ [227] _govérno_ [228] _succedúto_ [229] _malvágio_ [230] _rassomigliáre_ [231] _crudeltà_ [232] _sensualità_ [233] _avarízia_ [234] _scandalóso_ [235] _regoláto_ [236] _Germáni_ [237] _parécchi_ [238] _cospiráto_ [239] _solére_ [240] _battérsi_ [241] _gladiatóre_ [242] _giuóchi púbblici_ [243] _infáme_ [244] _uccíso_ [245] _arte_ [246] _amorósa_ [247] _guárdie del corpo_ [248] _risolúto_ [249] _méttere_ [250] _ammazzáto_ [251] _Elvio Pertináce_ [252] _dichiaráto_ [253] _spacciáto_ [254] _procuráre_ [255] _ridúrre_ [256] _repúbblica_ [257] _órdine_ [258] _reprímere_ [259] _licénza_ [260] _soldatésca_ [261] _assassináto_ [262] _espórre_ [263] _vendita_ [264] _componendosi colle_ [265] _condizioni_ [266] _accettáto_ [267] _proclamáto_ [268] _potere_ [269] _fornire_ [270] _donatívo premésso_ [271] _abbandonáto_ [272] _órdine_ [273] _natívo_ [274] _préndere_ [275] _pretésto_ [276] _vendicáre_ [277] _licenziáre_ [278] _abbominevole_ [279] _assassínio_ [280] _attaccáre_ [281] _Brettagna_ [282] _competitóre_ [283] _vinto_ [284] _ritirarsi_ [285] _fuggíre_ [286] _fiúme Eufráte_ [287] _preso_ [288] _presa_ [289] _prendere_ [290] _Bisánzio_ [291] _dichiaráto_ [292] _assédio_ [293] _le cose_ [294] _condótto_ [295] _pacifico_ [296] _accomodaménto_ [297] _Levánte_ [298] _voltáre_ [299] _verso l’occidénte_ [300] _attaccáre_ [301] _Lióne_ [302] _Fráncia_ [303] _canto_ [304] _lasciáto_ [305] _possessóre_ [306] _saccheggiáto_ [307] _abbrucciáto_ [308] _testa_ [309] _mandáto_ [310] _orríbile_ [311] _strage_ [312] _fautóre_ [313] _amíco_ [314] _marciáre_ [315] _verso il levánte_ [316] _conquistáre_ [317] _Adiabeniáni_ [318] _governáre_ [319] _fidanzáto_ [320] _nozze_ [321] _celebráto_ [322] _impegnáto_ [323] _cospirazióne_ [324] _género_ [325] _partito_ [326] _intrapréndere_ [327] _spedizióne_ [328] _continuáre_ [329] _fortunáto_ [330] _tiráre_ [331] _muro_ [332] _attravérso_ [333] _ísola_ [334] _sicurézza_ [335] _Antoníno Caracálla_ [336] _alzáto_ [337] _differénza_ [338] _umóre_ [339] _costúme_ [340] _perpetuaménte_ [341] _in lite_ [342] _benígno_ [343] _naturale_ [344] _crudéle_ [345] _impetuóso_ [346] _uccídere_ [347] _madre_ [348] _seno_ [349] _partitánte_ [350] _messo_ [351] _célebre_ [352] _giuriconsulto_ [353] _Papiniáno_ [354] _giustificáre_ [355] _parricídio_ [356] _marciáre_ [357] _levánte_ [358] _orríbile_ [359] _strage_ [360] _abitánte_ [361] _burla_ [362] _attaccare_ [363] _Artabáno_ [364] _desoláre_ [365] _domínio_ [366] _ucciso_ [367] _arte_ [368] _godére_ [369] _soldáto_ [370] _succedúto_ [371] _Antonino Eliogábalo_ [372] _suppósto_ [373] _falsaménte_ [374] _vile_ [375] _scelleráto_ [376] _abbandonáto_ [377] _vizio_ [378] _soldatésca_ [379] _M. Aurélio Alessándro_ [380] _ascéndere_ [381] _creáto_ [382] _straordinário_ [383] _istrútto_ [384] _arte_ [385] _pace_ [386] _comportársi rigorosaménte_ [387] _giúdice_ [388] _sevéro_ [389] _favóre_ [390] _corruzióne_ [391] _uscíre_ [392] _términe_ [393] _giustízia_ [394] _bandíre_ [395] _persóna_ [396] _adulatóre_ [397] _buffóne_ [398] _disdoro_ [399] _corte_ [400] _proibíre_ [401] _véndita_ [402] _uffízio_ [403] _compráto_ [404] _rivendúto_ [405] _concédere_ [406] _deputáto_ [407] _província_ [408] _móbili_ [409] _erário_ [410] _a carico al_ [411] _fortunáto_ [412] _sedizióne_ [413] _Artasérse_ [414] _il Persiáno_ [415] _sconfítto_ [416] _battáglia_ [417] _rialzáre_ [418] _scorrería_ [419] _território_ [420] _intrapréndere_ [421] _spedizióne_ [422] _assassínio_ [423] _termináre feliceménte_ [424] _spaventévole_ [425] _strage_ [426] _nobilità_ [427] _Gordiáni_ [428] _Cartágine_ [429] _pretendere_ [430] _comandáto_ [431] _dichiarársi_ [432] _persóna_ [433] _spedíto_ [434] _assicurársi_ [435] _commissário_ [436] _nomináto_ [437] _governo_ [438] _affáre_ [439] _ucciso_ [440] _Capeliáno Massimíno_ [441] _Balbíno_ [442] _Mássimo Pupiéno_ [443] _venti_ [444] _commissário_ [445] _alzáto_ [446] _assediáre_ [447] _soldáto_ [448] _ragázzo_ [449] _ràgazzo_ [450] _poi_ [451] _períre_ [452] _desideróso_ [453] _disfársi_ [454] _grázia_ [455] _godére_ [456] _gióvine_ [457] _straordinário_ [458] _génio_ [459] _inclináto_ [460] _coltiváto_ [461] _prudenza_ [462] _sapiente_ [463] _eloquénte_ [464] _sposáre_ [465] _marciáre_ [466] _testa_ [467] _ricuperáre_ [468] _Carréa_ [469] _Nísibi_ [470] _rispígnere_ [471] _paese_ [472] _seguénte_ [473] _uccíso_ [474] _insidia_ [475] _Filíppo l’Árabo_ [476] _tumúlto_ [477] _suscitáre_ [478] _assisténza_ [479] _corrótto_ [480] _luógo_ [481] _parricída_ [482] _succédere_ [483] _giuochi secolári_ [484] _celebráto_ [485] _millésimo_ [486] _finalménte_ [487] _ammazzáto_ [488] _regno_ [489] _nato_ [490] _basso_ [491] _corággio_ [492] _speriénza_ [493] _succédere_ [494] _períre_ [495] _palúde_ [496] _bárbaro_ [497] _sconfítta_ [498] _cagionáto_ [499] _perfídia_ [500] _nascostaménte_ [501] _congiuráre_ [502] _scelta_ [503] _soldatésca_ [504] _preso_ [505] _compágno_ [506] _govérno_ [507] _marciáre_ [508] _suscitáre_ [509] _ribellióne_ [510] _avanzaménto_ [511] _succedúto_ [512] _miserabilménte_ [513] _laceráto_ [514] _tiránno_ [515] _sollevársi_ [516] _luógo_ [517] _Trebéllio Pollióne_ [518] _marciáre_ [519] _Sciti_ [520] _preso_ [521] _Calcedónia_ [522] _abbruciáto_ [523] _témpio_ [524] _Efesino_ [525] _avanzáre_ [526] _inquietava assai_ [527] _orientále_ [528] _frontiere_ [529] _fare_ [530] _prigioniéro_ [531] _trattáre_ [532] _schiávo_ [533] _montáre_ [534] _cavállo_ [535] _porre_ [536] _piéde_ [537] _collo_ [538] _abbassársi_ [539] _a questo effétto_ [540] _fare_ [541] _scorticáre_ [542] _saláre_ [543] _vittória_ [544] _succédere_ [545] _Palmiriáni_ [546] _sposáto_ [547] _coraggiosaménte_ [548] _rispígnere_ [549] _dare il guasto_ [550] _confíne_ [551] _Intanto_ [552] _abbandonáto_ [553] _lussúria_ [554] _dissolutézza_ [555] _lasciáre_ [556] _laceráre in pezzi_ [557] _tiránno_ [558] _presa_ [559] _recuperaménto_ [560] _dopo la sconfítta_ [561] _mandáto_ [562] _signóre_ [563] _caténa_ [564] _vergógna_ [565] _trionfare_ [566] _vincere_ [567] _assassináto_ [568] _cugíno_ [569] _moglie_ [570] _donna_ [571] _ánimo virile_ [572] _intrapréndere_ [573] _Miláno_ [574] _succédere_ [575] _frugale_ [576] _moderáto_ [577] _serviziévole_ [578] _uccíso_ [579] _fortunáto_ [580] _Goti_ [581] _uccídere_ [582] _affondáre_ [583] _nave_ [584] _distrútto_ [585] _Emimónzio_ [586] _fame_ [587] _pestilénza_ [588] _moríre_ [589] _peste_ [590] _usurpáre_ [591] _scegliere_ [592] _bassa náscita_ [593] _annoveráto_ [594] _glorióso_ [595] _crudéle_ [596] _soggiogáre_ [597] _ricevúto_ [598] _segnaláto_ [599] _sconfítta_ [600] _veníre_ [601] _méttere_ [602] _senatóre_ [603] _ampliáre_ [604] _muro_ [605] _verso l’oriénte_ [606] _Tétrico_ [607] _condúrre_ [608] _triónfo_ [609] _Aurélio Vittóre_ [610] _portáre_ [611] _diadéma_ [612] _capo_ [613] _servírsi_ [614] _giója_ [615] _panno_ [616] _oro_ [617] _tolto di vita_ [618] _Nestéo_ [619] _notáro_ [620] _secretário_ [621] _Cenofrúrio_ [622] _tra_ [623] _Bisánzio_ [624] _morte_ [625] _interrégno_ [626] _cagionáto_ [627] _dispúta_ [628] _scelta_ [629] _scelto_ [630] _eccellénte_ [631] _costúme_ [632] _capáce_ [633] _govérno_ [634] _discéso_ [635] _istórico_ [636] _moríre_ [637] _febbre_ [638] _succédere_ [639] _innalzáto_ [640] _pluralità_ [641] _si apri le vene a morte_ [642] _nato_ [643] _soldáto_ [644] _intátta probitá_ [645] _súbito che_ [646] _fatto_ [647] _puníre_ [648] _éssere complíce_ [649] _marciare_ [650] _Gállia_ [651] _ricuperáre_ [652] _potére_ [653] _barbáro_ [654] _ammazzáre_ [655] _riduzióne_ [656] _Gállia_ [657] _Illírico_ [658] _soggiogáre_ [659] _chiamáto_ [660] _Geti_ [661] _Levánte_ [662] _attaccáre_ [663] _Persiáno_ [664] _sconfítto_ [665] _preso_ [666] _uccíso_ [667] _ritórna_ [668] _Sírmio_ [669] _odiáre_ [670] _severità_ [671] _succédere_ [672] _regno_ [673] _successo_ [674] _nato_ [675] _Narbóna_ [676] _súbito_ [677] _fare_ [678] _Césare_ [679] _mandáto_ [680] _aver cura_ [681] _marciáre_ [682] _Levánte_ [683] _ridótto_ [684] _Tesifóne_ [685] _ammazzato_ [686] _fúlmine_ [687] _regnáto_ [688] _afflítto_ [689] _contrarre_ [690] _debolezza_ [691] _ócchio_ [692] _piangere_ [693] _ucciso_ [694] _arte_ [695] _suócero_ [696] _rassomigliáre_ [697] _colpévole_ [698] _sorta_ [699] _scelleratezza_ [700] _perciò_ [701] _odióso_ [702] _stato_ [703] _gente_ [704] _tradíto_ [705] _Margo_ [706] _ammazzáto_ [707] _morto_ [708] _accettáre_ [709] _pórpora_ [710] _offérto_ [711] _bassi parenti_ [712] _Dalmázia_ [713] _si dice che_ [714] _schiávo_ [715] _Anulino_ [716] _bravo_ [717] _pigliáre_ [718] _giuraménto_ [719] _Assembléa_ [720] _éssere cómplíce_ [721] _uccídere_ [722] _mano_ [723] _adempíre_ [724] _profezía_ [725] _cignále_ [726] _ogni volta che_ [727] _incontráre_ [728] _solére_ [729] _trováto_ [730] _sopprímere_ [731] _Villano_ [732] _rivólta_ [733] _chiamársi_ [734] _Massimiáno Erculío_ [735] _mandáre_ [736] _a questo effétto_ [737] _seguénte_ [738] _impadroníto_ [739] _Brettágna_ [740] _Egítto_ [741] _preténdere_ [742] _Levánte_ [743] _pronto_ [744] _attaccáre_ [745] _desoláto_ [746] _Quinquegenziáni_ [747] _spingere_ [748] _creáre_ [749] _nato_ [750] _cognomináto_ [751] _Armentário_ [752] _pastóre_ [753] _dare_ [754] _accordáre_ [755] _andáre_ [756] _preso_ [757] _assédio_ [758] _ammazzáto_ [759] _Alétto_ [760] _rivólta_ [761] _ridótto_ [762] _sconfitto_ [763] _alteraménte_ [764] _ricevúto_ [765] _emendáre_ [766] _disgrázia_ [767] _sconfiggere_ [768] _fare_ [769] _moglie_ [770] _sorélla_ [771] _figliuólo_ [772] _onorataménte_ [773] _spléndido_ [774] _triónfo_ [775] _rinunziáre_ [776] _autorità_ [777] _spontaneaménte_ [778] _ritirársi_ [779] _dispósto_ [780] _autorità_ [781] _collega_ [782] _inclinazióne_ [783] _succédere_ [784] _Costánzo Cloro_ [785] _Galério Massimiáno Armentário_ [786] _proclamáto_ [787] _nipóte_ [788] _dichiaráto_ [789] _spartíre_ [790] _tenérsi_ [791] _último_ [792] _lasciáre_ [793] _Illírico_ [794] _Levánte_ [795] _governatóre_ [796] _collocáre_ CHAP. X. (_Of Rome_, 1044--_Of Christ_, 304.) Constantius Chlorus having [1]enjoyed his [2]dignity one year, or as most [3]will have it, two years, [4]died at York. He was [5]mild and [6]civil in his [7]disposition; he would [8]suffer no [9]enquiry to be made after the [10]Christians, and [11]preferred such of his [12]servants as he [13]knew to be of that [14]profession before the [15]rest. Constantine, his son, [16]began his [17]reign in the year of Christ 306, being 32 or 33 years of age, [18]born of [19]Helen of Bithynia, whom, most [20]authors say, was not, but some, that she was, the [21]lawful [22]wife of Constantius, though of [23]mean [24]birth. At Rome, [25]Maxentius, the son of [26]Herculius, was [27]proclaimed emperor, by the [28]prætorian [29]bands: he, at first, to [30]gain the [31]people, [32]seemed to [33]favour the [34]Christians; but [35]presently after [36]wallowed in all [37]manner of [38]wickedness and [39]cruelty. Galerius Maximianus [40]sent Severus against him, who, being [41]forsaken by his men, [42]fled to Ravenna; Galerius, upon this, [43]marching for Rome, with his [44]army, was [45]likewise forsaken by his men, and went into [46]Illyricum, where he [47]made Licinius Cæsar. Upon which Herculius [48]being now in hopes of [49]recovering the empire which he had [50]quitted against his [51]will, [52]returned from Lucania to Rome, and [53]advised [54]Dioclesian, [55]living at Carnus in Pannonia, by his [56]letters to him, to [57]do the like, which he [58]refused. He [59]trepanned Severus by [60]perjury, and [61]slew him. Then [62]laying a plot for his son, he was [63]forced to [64]fly from Rome to Constantine in Gaul, to whom he [65]gave his daughter Faustina in [66]marriage. But some time after, having [67]entered into a [68]wicked [69]design against his [70]son-in-law, Constantine, (which was [71]discovered by his daughter), he [72]fled to [73]Marseilles, and there [74]suffered the [75]punishment of his [76]treachery. About this time, Galerius Maximianus [77]died and was by his son-in-law Maxentius [78]enrolled amongst the [79]gods. In the year 312, [80]Constantine [81]marched against [82]Maxentius, and was [83]encouraged to it by the [84]prodigy of a [85]cross he [86]saw in the [87]heavens. Having [88]passed the [89]Alps, and [90]defeated his generals near Verona, he [91]routed Maxentius himself not far from Rome, who [92]flying over a [93]bridge he had [94]laid upon the [95]Tyber, it [96]broke under him, and he was [97]drowned. [98]Affairs being [99]settled in the city, Constantine in his [100]way to Germany, at Milan [101]married his sister [102]Constantia to Licinius, who had now been [103]made emperor. The same year Galericus Maximinus, a cruel [104]enemy of the [105]Christians, [106]undertaking a war against both the emperors, was [107]beaten by Licinius in [108]Illyricum, and [109]fled into Asia, where he [110]died a [111]horrible death at Tarsus in Cilicia. Nor did the [112]agreement betwixt the two [113]princes [114]last long; their first [115]rencounter was at Cibalis, a town in Pannonia; after which they had another [116]battle in the [117]plains of Mardia; in both which the [118]Licinians were [119]entirely defeated. At last a [120]peace was [121]made, and the empire again [122]divided. In the year 324, Licinius [123]taking up arms against Constantine, [124]upon a pretence that he [125]went beyond his [126]bounds, and had [127]broken into his [128]dominions, received a great [129]overthrow near Hadrianople. [130]From thence flying into [131]Byzantium, he was again [132]defeated by [133]sea; and being [134]routed in another [135]battle near [136]Chalcedon, he was [137]taken prisoner by Constantine, from whom he [138]procured his life by the [139]interposition of his sister, and was [140]banished to [141]Thessalonica, where, [142]endeavouring to make a new [143]insurrection, he was [144]put to death. After this, [145]Crispus Cæsar, his son, by a former [146]wife Minervina, a [147]youth of an [148]extraordinary [149]genius, was put to death upon [150]suspicion of [151]attempting to [152]seduce his [153]step-mother; and the year [154]following, Fausta, being [155]found [156]guilty of [157]falsely [158]accusing him, was [159]suffocated in a hot [160]bath, by [161]order of her [162]husband Constantine. In this emperor’s time, Byzantium was [163]rebuilt, and [164]enriched with the [165]spoils of almost the whole [166]world; so that it [167]equalled Rome, and [168]took its [169]name from its [170]restorer, being [171]called [172]Constantinople. After this, having [173]subdued the [174]Sarmatians, and [175]disposed of them in several [176]places of the Roman [177]empire; Constantine died in the [178]suburbs of Nicomedia, where most [179]authors say he was [180]baptised a little before his [181]death. He [182]left by Fausta, the daughter of Maximianus, three children, [183]heirs of the empire, who [184]divided it amongst them. Constantine the [185]eldest had [186]Gaul, and all [187]beyond the [188]Alps. [189]Constans the [190]youngest had Rome, Italy, Africa, Sicily, and the [191]rest of the [192]islands, Illyricum, [193]Thracia, Macedonia, and [194]Greece. Constantius, the [195]second son, Asia, and the [196]East, with [197]Egypt. But the brothers did not long [198]agree; four years after his father’s [199]death, Constantine making war upon his brother Constans, and [200]invading his [201]territories, was [202]slain near Aquileia. Constans himself was slain ten years after by [203]Magnentius’s general, Gaison, near the [204]Pyrænean mountains. Constantius was [205]engaged in a [206]dangerous war with this Magnentius. In the [207]battle [208]fought at Morsa in Pannonia, Constantius’s army was [209]worsted in the first [210]attack, but at last [211]came off [212]victorious. Two years after this, Magnentius slew himself at Lyons in [213]despair. Gallus was [214]declared Cæsar, and [215]governor of the East; but [216]abusing his [217]authority, he was [218]sent for by Constantius, and [219]put to death in Illyricum. [220]Julian, his brother, was [221]saved by the [222]interposition of Eusebia, Constantius’s [223]wife, and sent to Athens to [224]study. He was afterwards [225]advanced to the [226]dignity of Cæsar, [227]married to the emperor’s sister [228]Helen, and was [229]made governor of [230]Gaul, where he was very [231]successful against the [232]Germans, [233]Franks, and [234]Alemans; he [235]sent the [236]king of the Alemans a [237]prisoner to Constantius at Rome, who [238]envying his [239]success, [240]endeavoured to [241]draw his soldiers from him, and [242]send them into the [243]East against the Persians. But they [244]proclaimed Julian emperor at [245]Paris, [246]whilst Constantius was [247]preparing for a war against the Persians. [248]As soon as he [249]understood this, he [250]marched against Julian, but died on the [251]road near Tarsus. Julian, after the death of Constantius, was sole [252]master of the empire. He [253]killed, or [254]banished all the [255]friends of Constantius; [256]opened the [257]temples of the [258]idols, and [259]abjuring the [260]Christian [261]faith, was [262]consecrated [263]high-priest, [264]according to the [265]rites of the [266]pagan [267]religion. He made war against the Persians, and was [268]slain in it. They say that, when he [269]perceived his [270]wound to be [271]mortal, he [272]received the [273]blood in his [274]hand, and [275]threw it up [276]towards [277]heaven, with these [278]words: “Thou hast [279]conquered me, O [280]Galilæan!” [281]meaning [282]Christ, whose religion he had [283]abjured, and hence was called Julian the Apostate. After the death of Julian, [284]Jovian, a [285]native of Pannonia, was [286]proclaimed emperor by the [287]soldiers. He [288]ordered the temples of the idols to be [289]shut up, and their [290]sacrifices to be [291]abolished. He made an [292]inglorious peace with Sapor, king of the Persians, for thirty years, by which he [293]yielded up Nisibis, and the greatest [294]part of Mesopotamia. He died in his [295]return to Constantinople, in the [296]confines of Galatea and Bithynia. In the year of Christ 364, [297]Valentinian was [298]chosen emperor at Nice, and not long after [299]gave the [300]title of [301]Augustus to his brother [302]Valens; and [303]leaving him in the East, [304]came into the [305]West himself. He had a great many good [306]qualities, but was [307]particularly [308]famed for his [309]love of [310]justice. He made war against the Alemanni, [311]Saxons, Quadri, and other [312]nations. He [313]died in Pannonia, of an [314]apoplexy, in the 55th year of his [315]age, and the 12th of his [316]reign. His brother Valens [317]suppressed Procopius, a [318]relation of [319]Julian, who had [320]assumed the [321]purple at Constantinople. After which he made war with the [322]Goths; but upon the [323]suit of their king [324]Athanaricus, [325]granted them a [326]peace, in the year 369. Ten years after this, Athanaricus with Fritigernes, were [327]driven out of their [328]country by the [329]Huns, and were [330]kindly [331]received by Valens, and [332]settled with their Goths in [333]Thrace. They afterwards excited an [334]insurrection against the Romans, and Valens being [335]wounded in a [336]battle with them, near [337]Hadrianople, was [338]burnt [339]alive by the barbarians, in a [340]cottage he [341]fled to. He reigned fourteen years and four months. The emperor Valentinian had two sons, [342]Gratian and Valentinian. The former he [343]declared Augustus in Gaul, in the year 367; and his other son was [344]immediately after the death of his father [345]advanced to the same [346]dignity by the soldiers, in the year 375, and the 10th year of his age. Gratian had an [347]aversion to [348]public [349]business. After the death of Valens, the Goths [350]over-running Thrace, and other [351]provinces of the Roman empire, not [352]being able alone to [353]bear the [354]burthen, he [355]sent for [356]Theodosius out of [357]Spain, and made him his [358]associate, who was then in the 33rd year of his age. Theodosius having [359]conquered the barbarians, [360]restored the public [361]peace. At last the whole [362]nation of the Goths, with their king, [363]delivered themselves up to the Romans, to whom the emperor [364]assigned [365]lands. After these things, Maximus [366]seized the [367]government in [368]Britain, in the year 382; and having [369]fixed his imperial [370]seat at Triers, [371]basely killed Gratian at Lyons, after he had been [372]forsaken by his army; but Theodosius [373]revenged his death, and [374]likewise [375]re-established Valentinian the [376]younger, who had been [377]obliged to [378]quit Italy. This [379]happened in the year 388, in which he [380]overthrew and killed Maximus near Aquileia. Theodosius had all the [381]accomplishments [382]becoming a Christian emperor: [383]inferior to none of the [384]foregoing or [385]following princes; a [386]consummate general, never [387]undertaking any war but such as was [388]necessary; of [389]singular [390]clemency and [391]humanity, yet a little [392]inclined to [393]passion. In the year 391, Eugenius, [394]supported by the [395]power of Arbogastes, [396]set up for emperor, and in the following year, Valentinian was slain at Vienne in Gaul, by the same Arbogastes. Two years after, [397]Eugenius was [398]routed, [399]taken prisoner, and put to [400]death by Theodosius. Arbogastes was his own [401]executioner. The year following, 395, this excellent emperor died at Milan, after a reign of sixteen years. Theodosius [402]left two sons, [403]Arcadius and [404]Honorius; to the [405]former he [406]gave the [407]East, to the [408]latter the [409]West. Arcadius, [410]immediately after his father’s death, [411]married Eudoxia, which [412]match was [413]brought about by Eutropius, [414]for fear of his [415]taking to wife Ruffinus’s daughter. This Ruffinus in the East, and Stilicho in the West, were at that time two men of the greatest [416]eminence and [417]power in the empire. Stilicho, after the death of Theodosius, [418]laying claim to the [419]management of both the Eastern and Western empires, and [420]marching [421]Eastward, Ruffinus [422]endeavoured [423]to hinder him, by [424]posting his [425]troops in all the [426]passages into [427]Greece, and [428]sent for Alaricus, king of the Goths, who [429]over-ran Greece, but was [430]defeated by Stilicho. At last, Ruffinus was [431]slain by the [432]soldiers, the same year in which Theodosius died. After his death, Eutropius [433]became very intimate with Arcadius, but was at last [434]disgraced and slain, in the very year in which he was [435]consul. In 403, died Arcadius, a prince of a [436]peaceable, but [437]indolent [438]temper, and too much [439]governed by his [440]wife. He left the [441]guardianship of his son, by [442]will, to Jezdegirdes, king of the [443]Persians, who [444]faithfully [445]executed that [446]trust, and [447]committed the [448]care of his [449]ward to Antiochus, a very [450]learned man, who [451]threatened to make war upon any that should [452]offer to [453]disturb him. In the West, the [454]frequent [455]invasions of the barbarians were almost [456]fatal to the Roman [457]state. Radagisus, king of the Goths, with four, or as [458]others [459]say, two hundred thousand men, [460]invaded Italy, who were very [461]happily [462]cut off by Stilicho, the general himself being [463]taken and [464]slain. After Alaricus, a king of the [465]Goths, having [466]laid [467]Greece waste, and [468]continued a long time in [469]Epirus, at the [470]instigation of Stilicho, who was [471]desirous to [472]take [473]Illyricum from Arcadius, in order to [474]annex it to the [475]dominions of Honorius, afterwards [476]penetrated into Italy. To [477]get rid of him, Honorius [478]gave him [479]Spain and Gaul to [480]live in, himself not being in a condition to [481]keep those [482]provinces. As Alaricus was [483]marching thither, Saul, a [484]pagan general, whom Stilicho had [485]placed at the [486]head of an army, [487]falling upon the Barbarians, was [488]defeated by them. This [489]success so [490]elevated Alaricus, that [491]quitting his [492]former [493]design, he [494]over-ran Italy, and [495]took Rome: but before this, Stilicho was [496]put to death by the [497]order of Honorius. For, after the death of Theodosius, [498]designing to get the empire to himself and to make his son [499]Eucherius, who was a [500]pagan, and an enemy to the [501]Christians, emperor; the better to [502]accomplish his [503]design, he [504]resolved to [505]throw all into [506]confusion. [507]Wherefore he sent for the Barbarians to [508]ravage the empire, and [509]let the Alans, the Vandals, the Suevi, and the Burgundians, loose upon France and Spain. His [510]relation to the emperor [511]encouraged him in it; for he had Serena, the daughter of Theodosius’s brother, in [512]marriage, and had [513]disposed of the two daughters he had by her, first, [514]Mary, and after her death, [515]Termantia, in marriage to Honorius. But these [516]intrigues being [517]discovered by [518]Olympius, in the year of Christ 408, he was slain by the [519]hands of [520]Heraclius. The year following, Eucherius was [521]put to death, with his mother Serena. After Stilicho was [522]taken off, Alaricus was [523]desirous to [524]come to an [525]accommodation with Honorius, but was [526]foolishly [527]rejected. Wherefore, with a [528]body of [529]Goths, and [530]Huns, in [531]conjunction with his wife’s brother [532]Athaulfus, he [533]laid siege to Rome, and [534]carried it in the year 410. The [535]plunder of it he [536]gave to his soldiers, but with orders that all such as [537]fled to the [538]churches, [539]especially those of [540]Peter and [541]Paul, should have [542]quarter given them. He then [543]went to [544]Rhegium, in order to [545]pass over into Sicily and Africa, but there [546]died. He was [547]succeeded by Athaulfus, who [548]plundered Rome again, [549]carried off Placidia the emperor’s sister, and [550]married her. During this [551]storm in Italy, the same [552]calamity [553]fell upon Gaul and Spain. The Alans, Vandals, Suevans, [554]laid waste Gaul, passed the [555]Pyrenæan mountains, and [556]made themselves [557]masters of Spain in the year 409. The Vandals and Suevans [558]seized upon Galæcia; the Alans, Lusitania and the [559]province of [560]Carthage; the [561]Silingans, which was another [562]branch of the Vandals, Bœtica. After the [563]breaking in of the Goths in 410, [564]divers [565]pretenders to the empire [566]started up in [567]several [568]places. First Attalus was [569]made emperor, by the [570]senate, at the [571]command of Alaricus. He [572]proudly [573]rejected Honorius, who [574]offered by his [575]ambassadors to [576]receive him as his [577]partner in the empire, but was [578]obliged by Alaricus to [579]return to a [580]private [581]condition, and was afterwards [582]put up and [583]down again several times. At length, [584]renewing his [585]pretensions in Gaul, but not being [586]supported by the [587]Goths, he was [588]taken [589]prisoner, and [590]put into the [591]hands of Honorius, who [592]spared his [593]life, but [594]cut off one of his hands. [595]Martius Gratianus, and Constantine in [596]Britain, [597]usurped the [598]supreme [599]power, and were [600]taken off. [601]Jovin and [602]Sebastian, two brothers, then [603]pretended to the empire; but were [604]taken and [605]slain by [606]Athaulfus, king of the Goths. [607]Heraclianus was set up in Africa, and [608]venturing over into Italy against Honorius, was [609]routed by Marinus at [610]Utriculum; and [611]returning into Africa, was slain at [612]Carthage. In the year 415, Athaulfus was slain by a Goth, and [613]succeeded by Sigericus, who was destroyed seven days after; and succeeded by Vuallia, who [614]made peace with the Romans, and [615]restored Placidia to Honorius; after which he made war against the Alans, Vandals, Suevi, and other [616]nations, who had [617]settled in Spain. Honorius [618]married Placidia against her [619]will to [620]Constantius Comes, who [621]confirmed the peace with Vuallia, [622]sent for him back into Gaul, and [623]gave him that part of [624]Aquitain which [625]lies betwixt Thoulouse and the [626]sea, to [627]live in. Upon this, Thoulouse [628]became the [629]capital of the [630]Gothic, or [631]Visigothic [632]kingdom in Gaul. This [633]happened in the year 419. In the year following, Honorius, against his [634]will, made Constantius his [635]companion in the empire, who died seven months after, as did Honorius himself in the year 428. He was [636]succeeded by Valentinian his sister’s son. In his reign the Vandals, whom Boniface had hitherto [637]repulsed from the [638]shores of Africa, [639]entered it from Spain, under the [640]command of Geisericus. For Boniface being [641]impeached by [642]Ætius of [643]high-treason, and [644]Sigisvulphus being [645]sent against him, [646]finding himself not a [647]match for the Romans, [648]fled to the Vandals for [649]assistance, with whom he had [650]contracted an [651]alliance before. Wherefore in the year 427, Geisericus, with 80,000 Vandals and Alans, [652]passed over into Africa, and [653]made himself master of it. In the mean time, Boniface being [654]reconciled to Placidia, and not [655]being able to [656]persuade the Barbarians, to [657]return home, [658]endeavoured to [659]oblige them, by [660]force of arms, and was [661]routed. He then [662]went to Rome, and died there soon after. Ætius in Gaul [663]sustained his part very well for the Romans, against the Franks, Goths, Burgundians, Huns, and other Barbarians. Ætius had [664]sent for the Huns to his assistance against the Goths. In the year 434, Honoria, the sister of Valentinian, being [665]banished the [666]court for [667]improper conduct with her [668]steward, and sent to Theodosius, emperor of the [669]East, [670]engaged Attila, king of the Huns, to make war upon the [671]West. [672]Litorius, a Roman general, having the [673]command of them, whilst he [674]endeavoured to [675]eclipse the [676]glory of Ætius, was so [677]foolish as to [678]regard the [679]answers of [680]soothsayers and [681]fortune-tellers, and [682]rashly [683]engaged [684]Theodoricus, king of the Goths, who by the most [685]abject [686]submission [687]declined the war, and after a great [688]overthrow was [689]taken and [690]slain in the year 439, in which [691]Carthage was [692]surprised by the Vandals. At last, in the year 442, Valentinian [693]renewed the peace with Geisericus, and Africa was [694]divided between them. In the year 450, Attila [695]marched into Gaul, which at that time the [696]Visigoths, Franks, Burgundians, Alans, and other Barbarians, were in [697]possession of. Part of the Romans [698]reluctantly [699]remained under the [700]command of Ætius, who alone at that time [701]kept the [702]western [703]empire from [704]falling [705]to utter [706]ruin. Attila [707]laid siege to Aurelia, but Ætius [708]coming upon him, [709]obliged him to [710]raise the [711]siege, and [712]pursued him into Gallia, and Belgium then [713]overthrew him, in a great [714]battle [715]fought on the [716]plains of Catalonia. There were [717]slain on both [718]sides at least 170,000, and amongst them Theodoricus king of the Goths. It is [719]certain the Huns might have been [720]utterly [721]destroyed, if Ætius had not [722]been afraid, that in the event of the Huns being [723]entirely [724]cut off, the Goths would be [725]insupportable in Gaul. Attila having [726]unexpectedly [727]escaped, [728]poured his [729]troops into Italy, where he laid siege to Aquileia, and [730]levelled it with the ground. He afterwards [731]laid waste [732]Milan, [733]Ticinum, and other [734]towns; and [735]marching for Rome, was so [736]wrought upon by an [737]embassy from [738]Leo, who [739]met him at the [740]river Mincius, that he [741]went into his own [742]country; afterwards [743]returning into Gaul against the Alans, who had [744]posted themselves beyond the Loire, he was again [745]defeated by [746]Thorismundus, as he had been in the [747]plains of Catalonia; and in the year 454, after an [748]excess of [749]wine, died of [750]vomiting [751]blood. It is [752]said the city of [753]Venice [754]owes its [755]origin to that [756]inroad of the Barbarians, most of the Italians, [757]especially those of [758]Patavium, [759]flying from the [760]fire and [761]ruins of their cities to some [762]rocks and [763]desert [764]islands in the [765]sea for [766]refuge. Valentinian, upon the death of his mother Placidia, [767]let loose the [768]reins of [769]power and [770]abused his [771]authority, for the [772]gratification of his [773]baseness and [774]cruelty. He [775]seduced the [776]wife of Maximus the senator, [777]put Ætius to death, after Maximus had by his [778]crafty [779]contrivances [780]rendered him [781]suspected, in the year 454; and the year following, by the contrivance of the same Maximus, he was [782]stabbed by Ætius’s [783]life-guard in the [784]field of [785]Mars, being thirty-six years of age, and in the 31st of his reign. [786]Eudoxia, the [787]consort of Valentinian, to [788]revenge the death of her [789]husband, [790]sent for Gensericus out of Africa, into Italy. Maximus, upon his [791]arrival, [792]endeavoured to [793]save himself by [794]flight, but was [795]torn in pieces by his own men, and [796]thrown into the [797]Tiber, after a [798]reign of [799]hardly two [800]months. Gensericus, after he had [801]taken the city, was so [802]affected by an [803]address of [804]Pope Leo’s, that he did not [805]set it on fire, or [806]put any to the sword; but [807]made plunder of all the [808]wealth of the [809]place, both [810]sacred and [811]profane, for fourteen days together; and [812]carried off Eudoxia, with her two daughters, Eudocia and Placidia, into Africa: the [813]former of which he [814]married to his son [815]Hunericus. In the mean time, [816]Avitus Gallus being proclaimed emperor by the [817]Gallic [818]army at Thoulouse, made peace with the Goths; at whose [819]persuasion, Theodoric [820]entering Spain, [821]conquered the Suevi, and [822]killed their king [823]Richiarius in the year 456. After him, [824]Majorianus [825]took the [826]government upon him at Ravenna; a [827]prince of a [828]great [829]soul, who being [830]desirous to [831]recover Africa, was going to Gensericus, under the [832]title of [833]ambassador; but being [834]seized by Ricimer at Dertona, and [835]obliged to [836]resign, was [837]put to death in the year 461, after a reign of four years and four months. Ricimer [838]raised Severus for emperor, [839]according to an [840]agreement between them, and [841]poisoned him in the fourth year of his reign. After this, there was an [842]interregnum of a year, and some months, till Anthemius was [843]sent into the West by [844]Leo, emperor of the [845]East, between whom and [846]Ricimer, it had been [847]agreed he should be [848]declared emperor, and his daughter should [849]marry Ricimer. Thus the barbarian being [850]made Anthemius’s [851]son-in-law, with his [852]wonted [853]treachery, first [854]raised a civil war against him, and then [855]put him to death at Rome, after he had [856]reigned five years and some months. [857]Olybrius was then [858]put up in the [859]room of Anthemius by Ricimer, who [860]died forty days after Anthemius’s death: nor [861]was he long survived by Olybrius, for he died the same year, about seven months after his [862]promotion. [863]He was followed by [864]Glycerius, who [865]took the [866]government upon himself at Ravenna, in the year 473, and reigned a year and four months. He was [867]succeeded by [868]Julius Nepos, who was [869]killed about five years after his [870]advancement. [871]Momyllus, who was [872]likewise [873]called [874]Augustulus, was [875]set up by his father [876]Orestes, being the [877]last of all the emperors in the [878]West; for [879]Odouacer, king of the [880]Turcilingans, with the [881]Scyrans, and [882]Herulans, [883]seized Italy, and after having [884]slain Orestes and his brother [885]Paul, [886]banished Augustus into Campania. Thus [887]ended the [888]empire of the West. In the year of [889]Christ 476. FOOTNOTES [1] _godúto_ [2] _dignità_ [3] _pretendere_ [4] _moríre_ [5] _affábile_ [6] _civíle_ [7] _natura_ [8] _permettere_ [9] _ricerche_ [10] _Cristiáno_ [11] _preferíre_ [12] _servitóre_ [13] _sapére_ [14] _professióne_ [15] _altro_ [16] _principiáre_ [17] _regno_ [18] _nato_ [19] _Élena_ [20] _autóre_ [21] _legíttimo_ [22] _moglie_ [23] _basso_ [24] _nascita_ [25] _Massénzio_ [26] _Ercúlio_ [27] _proclamáto_ [28] _pretoriáno_ [29] _guardia_ [30] _guadagnáre_ [31] _pópolo_ [32] _parére_ [33] _favoreggiáre_ [34] _Cristiáno_ [35] _poco dopo_ [36] _voltolársi_ [37] _sorte_ [38] _dissolutézza_ [39] _crudeltà_ [40] _mandáre_ [41] _abbandonáto_ [42] _fuggire_ [43] _marciáre_ [44] _armáta_ [45] _pariménte_ [46] _Illírico_ [47] _fare_ [48] _speráre_ [49] _ricuperáre_ [50] _lasciáto_ [51] _voglia_ [52] _ritornáre_ [53] _consigliáre_ [54] _Diocleziáno_ [55] _dimoráre_ [56] _léttera_ [57] _fare_ [58] _ricusáre_ [59] _adescáre_ [60] _spergiúro_ [61] _uccídere_ [62] _fare una congiúra_ [63] _forzáto_ [64] _fuggíre_ [65] _dare_ [66] _matrimónio_ [67] _entráto_ [68] _cattivo_ [69] _diségno_ [70] _género_ [71] _scopérto_ [72] _rifugiársi_ [73] _Marsíglia_ [74] _soffríre_ [75] _castígo_ [76] _tradiménto_ [77] _moríre_ [78] _annoveráre_ [79] _nume_ [80] _Costantíno_ [81] _marciáre_ [82] _Massénzio_ [83] _incorraggíto_ [84] _prodígio_ [85] _croce_ [86] _vedére_ [87] _ciélo_ [88] _traversáto_ [89] _Alpi_ [90] _sconfítto_ [91] _méttere in rotta_ [92] _fuggíre_ [93] _ponte_ [94] _messo_ [95] _Tévere_ [96] _rompérsi_ [97] _annegáto_ [98] _affáre_ [99] _regoláto_ [100] _gita_ [101] _maritáre_ [102] _Costánza_ [103] _fatto_ [104] _nemíco_ [105] _Cristiáno_ [106] _intrapréndere_ [107] _battúto_ [108] _Illírico_ [109] _fuggíre_ [110] _moríre_ [111] _orríbile_ [112] _patto_ [113] _príncipe_ [114] _duráre_ [115] _combattiménto_ [116] _battáglia_ [117] _pianúre_ [118] _Liciniáni_ [119] _affátto_ [120] _pace_ [121] _fatto_ [122] _divíso_ [123] _préndere_ [124] _sotto pretésto_ [125] _passáre_ [126] _límite_ [127] _sforzáto_ [128] _stato_ [129] _sconfítta vicino Adrianopoli_ [130] _di là fuggíre_ [131] _Bisánzio_ [132] _sconfítto_ [133] _mare_ [134] _messo in rotta_ [135] _battáglia_ [136] _Calcedónia_ [137] _fatto prigioniéro_ [138] _ottenére_ [139] _interposizióne_ [140] _bandíto_ [141] _Tessalónica_ [142] _cercáre_ [143] _sollevazióne_ [144] _messo_ [145] _Crispo Césare_ [146] _moglie_ [147] _gióvine_ [148] _straordinário_ [149] _génio_ [150] _sospétto_ [151] _tentáre_ [152] _sedúrre_ [153] _matrígna_ [154] _seguénte_ [155] _trováto_ [156] _colpévole_ [157] _falsaménte_ [158] _accusáre_ [159] _soffogáto_ [160] _bagno_ [161] _órdine_ [162] _maríto_ [163] _rifabbricáto_ [164] _arricchíto_ [165] _spóglia_ [166] _mondo_ [167] _uguagliáre_ [168] _préndere_ [169] _nome_ [170] _ristauratore_ [171] _chiamáta_ [172] _Costantinópoli_ [173] _soggiogáto_ [174] _Sarmáti_ [175] _mandáto_ [176] _luógo_ [177] _império_ [178] _sobbórgo_ [179] _autóre_ [180] _battezzáto_ [181] _morte_ [182] _lasciáre_ [183] _erede_ [184] _divídere_ [185] _primogénito_ [186] _Gállia_ [187] _di là dell’_ [188] _Alpi_ [189] _Costánte_ [190] _gióvine_ [191] _resto_ [192] _ísola_ [193] _Trácia_ [194] _Grécia_ [195] _secóndogénito_ [196] _Levánte_ [197] _Egítto_ [198] _accordársi_ [199] _morte_ [200] _invádere_ [201] _território_ [202] _uccíso_ [203] _Magnénzio_ [204] _Pirenéi_ [205] _impegnáto_ [206] _pericolóso_ [207] _battáglia_ [208] _dato_ [209] _soprafátto_ [210] _assálto_ [211] _sortire_ [212] _vittorióso_ [213] _disperazióne_ [214] _dichiaráto_ [215] _governatóre_ [216] _abusáre_ [217] _autorità_ [218] _mandáto a cercáre_ [219] _messo_ [220] _Giuliáno_ [221] _salváto_ [222] _interposizióne_ [223] _consórte_ [224] _studiáre_ [225] _promosso_ [226] _dignità_ [227] _maritáto_ [228] _Élena_ [229] _fatto_ [230] _Gállia_ [231] _fortunáto_ [232] _Alemanni_ [233] _Franchi_ [234] _Alemánni_ [235] _mandáre_ [236] _Re_ [237] _prigioniéro_ [238] _invidiáre_ [239] _succésso_ [240] _procuráre_ [241] _levare_ [242] _mandáre_ [243] _Levánte_ [244] _proclamáre_ [245] _Parígi_ [246] _mentre_ [247] _preparársi_ [248] _súbito che_ [249] _inténdere_ [250] _marciáre_ [251] _in viaggio_ [252] _padróne_ [253] _uccídere_ [254] _bandíre_ [255] _amíco_ [256] _apríre_ [257] _témpio_ [258] _ídolo_ [259] _abjuráre_ [260] _Cristiáno_ [261] _fede_ [262] _consacráto_ [263] _gran prete_ [264] _secóndo_ [265] _rito_ [266] _pagáno_ [267] _religióne_ [268] _uccíso_ [269] _accórgersi_ [270] _ferita_ [271] _mortále_ [272] _raccogliere_ [273] _sangue_ [274] _mano_ [275] _gettáre_ [276] _verso_ [277] _ciélo_ [278] _paróla_ [279] _vinto_ [280] _Galiléo_ [281] _voler dire_ [282] _Cristo_ [283] _abjuráre_ [284] _Gioviáno_ [285] _natívo_ [286] _proclamáto_ [287] _soldáto_ [288] _fare_ [289] _chiúdere_ [290] _sacrifízio_ [291] _abbolíre_ [292] _disonorevole_ [293] _cédere_ [294] _parte_ [295] _ritorno_ [296] _confíni_ [297] _Valentiniáno_ [298] _elétto_ [299] _dare_ [300] _títolo_ [301] _Augústo_ [302] _Valénte_ [303] _lasciáre_ [304] _veníre_ [305] _Occidénte_ [306] _qualità_ [307] _particolarménte_ [308] _distinto_ [309] _amóre_ [310] _giustízia_ [311] _Sássoni_ [312] _nazióne_ [313] _moríre_ [314] _apopléssia_ [315] _età_ [316] _regno_ [317] _reprímere_ [318] _parénte_ [319] _Giuliáno_ [320] _assúmere_ [321] _pórpora_ [322] _Goti_ [323] _sollecitazióne_ [324] _Atanárico_ [325] _accordáre_ [326] _pace_ [327] _scacciáto_ [328] _pátria_ [329] _Unni_ [330] _corteseménte_ [331] _ricevúto_ [332] _stabilírsi_ [333] _Trácia_ [334] _rivólta_ [335] _feríto_ [336] _battáglia_ [337] _Adrianópoli_ [338] _bruciáto_ [339] _vivo_ [340] _capánna_ [341] _rifugiársi_ [342] _Graziáno_ [343] _dichiaráre_ [344] _súbito_ [345] _promósso_ [346] _dignità_ [347] _avversióne_ [348] _púbblico_ [349] _affáre_ [350] _inondáre_ [351] _província_ [352] _non potére_ [353] _sopportáre_ [354] _peso_ [355] _far veníre_ [356] _Teodósio_ [357] _Spagna_ [358] _compágno_ [359] _battuto_ [360] _ristabilíre_ [361] _pace_ [362] _nazióne_ [363] _arrendérsi_ [364] _assegnáre_ [365] _terra_ [366] _usurpáre_ [367] _govérno_ [368] _Brettágna_ [369] _fissáto_ [370] _séggio_ [371] _in modo viliacco_ [372] _abbandonáto_ [373] _vendicársi_ [374] _pariménte_ [375] _ristabilíre_ [376] _gióvine_ [377] _obbligáto_ [378] _lasciáre_ [379] _succédere_ [380] _sconfíggere_ [381] _qualità_ [382] _convenévole_ [383] _inferióre_ [384] _precedénte_ [385] _seguénte_ [386] _consumáto_ [387] _intrapréndere_ [388] _necessário_ [389] _singoláre_ [390] _cleménza_ [391] _umanità_ [392] _inclináto_ [393] _cóllera_ [394] _sostenúto_ [395] _poténza_ [396] _farsi_ [397] _Eugénio_ [398] _sconfítto_ [399] _fatto_ [400] _morte_ [401] _carnéfice_ [402] _lasciáre_ [403] _Arcádio_ [404] _Onório_ [405] _primo_ [406] _dare_ [407] _Levánte_ [408] _último_ [409] _occidénte_ [410] _súbito_ [411] _sposáre_ [412] _matrimónio_ [413] _procurato_ [414] _di paura che_ [415] _pigliáre_ [416] _elevazione_ [417] _potére_ [418] _preténdere_ [419] _governo_ [420] _marciáre_ [421] _verso il levánte_ [422] _cercáre_ [423] _impedíre_ [424] _collocáre_ [425] _truppa_ [426] _passággio_ [427] _Grécia_ [428] _fare veníre_ [429] _trascórrere_ [430] _sconfítto_ [431] _uccíso_ [432] _soldáto_ [433] _diventáre_ [434] _disgraziáto_ [435] _consóle_ [436] _pacífico_ [437] _indolénte_ [438] _natúra_ [439] _governáto_ [440] _moglie_ [441] _tutéla_ [442] _testaménto_ [443] _Persiáno_ [444] _fedelménte_ [445] _eseguíre_ [446] _incombénza_ [447] _riméttere_ [448] _cura_ [449] _pupíllo_ [450] _sapiénte_ [451] _minacciáre_ [452] _tentáre_ [453] _molestáre_ [454] _frequénte_ [455] _invasióne_ [456] _fatále_ [457] _stato_ [458] _altro_ [459] _dire_ [460] _invádere_ [461] _fortunataménte_ [462] _tagliáto a pezzi_ [463] _preso_ [464] _uccíso_ [465] _Goti_ [466] _desoláto_ [467] _Grécia_ [468] _continuáto_ [469] _Epíro_ [470] _istigazióne_ [471] _desideráre_ [472] _préndere_ [473] _Illírico_ [474] _aggiúngere_ [475] _stato_ [476] _penetráre_ [477] _disfársi_ [478] _dare_ [479] _Spágna_ [480] _per suo státo_ [481] _mantenére_ [482] _província_ [483] _marciáre_ [484] _pagáno_ [485] _messo_ [486] _tésta_ [487] _attaccáre_ [488] _sconfítto_ [489] _succésso_ [490] _gonfiáre_ [491] _desístere_ [492] _primo_ [493] _diségno_ [494] _trascórrere_ [495] _préndere_ [496] _messo_ [497] _órdine_ [498] _propórsi_ [499] _Euchério_ [500] _pagáno_ [501] _Cristiáno_ [502] _compíre_ [503] _diségno_ [504] _risólvere_ [505] _méttere_ [506] _confusióne_ [507] _perciò_ [508] _saccheggiáre_ [509] _scatenáre_ [510] _affinità_ [511] _incorragíre_ [512] _matrimónio_ [513] _dare_ [514] _Maria_ [515] _Termánzia_ [516] _manéggio_ [517] _scopérto_ [518] _Olímpio_ [519] _mano_ [520] _Eráclio_ [521] _messo_ [522] _uccíso_ [523] _desideróso_ [524] _veníre_ [525] _accommodaménto_ [526] _scioccaménte_ [527] _rigettáto_ [528] _corpo_ [529] _Goti_ [530] _Unni_ [531] _congiúnzione_ [532] _Ataúlfo_ [533] _assediáre_ [534] _víncere_ [535] _bottíno_ [536] _dare_ [537] _rifugiársi_ [538] _chiésa_ [539] _specialmente_ [540] _Piétro_ [541] _Páolo_ [542] _fossero salve_ [543] _andáre_ [544] _Réggio_ [545] _passáre_ [546] _moríre_ [547] _succédere_ [548] _sacchegíáre_ [549] _portár via_ [550] _sposáre_ [551] _tempésta_ [552] _calamità_ [553] _attaccáre_ [554] _desoláre_ [555] _Pirenéi_ [556] _rendérsi_ [557] _padróne_ [558] _impossessársi_ [559] _província_ [560] _Cartágine_ [561] _Silingáni_ [562] _distaccamento_ [563] _incursióne_ [564] _divérso_ [565] _pretendénte_ [566] _levársi_ [567] _divérso_ [568] _luógo_ [569] _fato_ [570] _senáto_ [571] _comándo_ [572] _superbaménte_ [573] _rigettáre_ [574] _offeríre_ [575] _ambasciadóre_ [576] _ricévere_ [577] _compágno_ [578] _obbligáto_ [579] _ritornáre_ [580] _priváto_ [581] _stato_ [582] _esaltáto_ [583] _depósto_ [584] _rinnováre_ [585] _pretensióne_ [586] _sopportáto_ [587] _Goti_ [588] _fatto_ [589] _prigioniéro_ [590] _messo_ [591] _mano_ [592] _risparmiáre_ [593] _vita_ [594] _tagliáre_ [595] _Marco Graziáno_ [596] _Brettágna_ [597] _usurpáre_ [598] _suprémo_ [599] _potére_ [600] _uccíso_ [601] _Giovíno_ [602] _Sebastiáno_ [603] _preténdere_ [604] _preso_ [605] _uccíso_ [606] _Ataúlfo_ [607] _Eracliáno_ [608] _avventuráre di passáre_ [609] _sconfítto_ [610] _Otrículo_ [611] _ritornáre_ [612] _Cartágine_ [613] _succédere_ [614] _far pace_ [615] _restituíre_ [616] _nazióne_ [617] _stabilíto_ [618] _maritáre_ [619] _volontà_ [620] _Costánzo Cométe_ [621] _confermáre_ [622] _far ritornáre_ [623] _dare_ [624] _Aquitánia_ [625] _giáce_ [626] _mare_ [627] _dimoráre_ [628] _diveníre_ [629] _capitále_ [630] _Gótico_ [631] _Visigótico_ [632] _regno_ [633] _succédere_ [634] _volontà_ [635] _compágno_ [636] _succéssegli_ [637] _rispinto_ [638] _costa_ [639] _entráre_ [640] _comándo_ [641] _accusáto_ [642] _Ézio_ [643] _delítto di lesa maestà_ [644] _Sigisvúlfo_ [645] _mandáto_ [646] _trovársi_ [647] _uguále_ [648] _ricórrere_ [649] _assisténza_ [650] _contrattáto_ [651] _lega_ [652] _passáre_ [653] _impadronírsi_ [654] _riconciliáto_ [655] _potére_ [656] _persuadére_ [657] _ritornáre nel loro paese_ [658] _procuráre_ [659] _obbligáre_ [660] _forza delle armi_ [661] _sconfítto_ [662] _andáre_ [663] _sostenére_ [664] _mandáto a cercáre_ [665] _bandíto_ [666] _corte_ [667] _disonestà_ [668] _maggiordómo_ [669] _Levánte_ [670] _impegnáre_ [671] _Occidénte_ [672] _Litório_ [673] _comándo_ [674] _procuráre_ [675] _eclissáre_ [676] _glória_ [677] _stolto_ [678] _badáre_ [679] _rispósta_ [680] _astrólogo_ [681] _indovíno_ [682] _temerariaménte_ [683] _attaccáre_ [684] _Teodoríco_ [685] _abbietto_ [686] _sommissióne_ [687] _sfuggíre_ [688] _sconfítta_ [689] _preso_ [690] _uccíso_ [691] _Cartágine_ [692] _sorpréso_ [693] _rinnováre_ [694] _spartíto_ [695] _marciáre_ [696] _Visigóti_ [697] _possésso_ [698] _malvolontiéri_ [699] _rimanére_ [700] _comándo_ [701] _impedíre_ [702] _occidentále_ [703] _império_ [704] _cascáre_ [705] _totále_ [706] _rovína_ [707] _assediáre_ [708] _veníre addósso_ [709] _forzáre_ [710] _leváre_ [711] _assédio_ [712] _incalzáre_ [713] _rómpere_ [714] _battáglia_ [715] _dato_ [716] _pianúra_ [717] _uccíso_ [718] _banda_ [719] _certo_ [720] _affátto_ [721] _distrútto_ [722] _aver paúra_ [723] _interaménte_ [724] _sconfítto_ [725] _insoportábile_ [726] _impensataménte_ [727] _scappáto_ [728] _inondáre colle sue_ [729] _truppe_ [730] _spianáre_ [731] _devastáre_ [732] _Miláno_ [733] _Ticíno_ [734] _città_ [735] _marciáre_ [736] _commosso_ [737] _ambasciáta_ [738] _Leóne_ [739] _incontráre_ [740] _fiúme Míncio_ [741] _ritirársi_ [742] _paése_ [743] _tornáre_ [744] _messo_ [745] _sconfítto_ [746] _Torrismóndo_ [747] _pianúra_ [748] _stravízzo_ [749] _vino_ [750] _vómito_ [751] _sangue_ [752] _dire_ [753] _Venézia_ [754] _dovére_ [755] _orígine_ [756] _incursióne_ [757] _specialménte_ [758] _Padova_ [759] _fuggíre_ [760] _fuóco_ [761] _rovína_ [762] _scóglio_ [763] _disabitáto_ [764] _ísola_ [765] _mare_ [766] _a rifúgiarsi_ [767] _rilasciáre_ [768] _freno_ [769] _dissolutézza_ [770] _abusáre_ [771] _autorità_ [772] _soddisfazióne_ [773] _sensualità_ [774] _crudeltà_ [775] _sedúrre_ [776] _móglie_ [777] _méttere_ [778] _maligno_ [779] _invenzióne_ [780] _reso_ [781] _sospétto_ [782] _pugnaláto_ [783] _guárdia di corpo_ [784] _campo_ [785] _Marte_ [786] _Eudóssia_ [787] _consórte_ [788] _vendicáre_ [789] _maríto_ [790] _far veníre_ [791] _arriváre_ [792] _procuráre_ [793] _salvársi_ [794] _fuga_ [795] _fatto a pezzi_ [796] _gettáto_ [797] _Tévere_ [798] _regno_ [799] _appéna_ [800] _mese_ [801] _preso_ [802] _commosso_ [803] _súpplica_ [804] _papa Leóne_ [805] _méttere il fuóco_ [806] _méttere a fil di spada_ [807] _predáre_ [808] _ricchézza_ [809] _piázza_ [810] _sacro_ [811] _profáno_ [812] _portár via_ [813] _primo_ [814] _maritáre_ [815] _Uneríco_ [816] _Avíto Gallo_ [817] _Gállico_ [818] _armáto_ [819] _persuasióne_ [820] _entráre_ [821] _conquistáre_ [822] _uccídere_ [823] _Ricciário_ [824] _Maggioriáno_ [825] _préndere_ [826] _govérno_ [827] _príncipe_ [828] _gran_ [829] _mente_ [830] _bramóso_ [831] _ricuperáre_ [832] _títolo_ [833] _ambasciadóre_ [834] _arrestáto_ [835] _obbligáto_ [836] _rassegnáre_ [837] _messo_ [838] _innalzáre all’impero_ [839] _secóndo_ [840] _patto_ [841] _avvelenáre_ [842] _interrégno_ [843] _mandáto_ [844] _Leóne_ [845] _Oriente_ [846] _Ricímero_ [847] _convenúto_ [848] _dichiaráto_ [849] _sposáre_ [850] _divenuto_ [851] _género_ [852] _sólito_ [853] _perfídia_ [854] _suscitáre_ [855] _méttere_ [856] _regnáto_ [857] _Olíbrio_ [858] _messo_ [859] _luógo_ [860] _moríre_ [861] _sopravisse a questi lungo tempo_ [862] _promozióne_ [863] _venne dopo lui_ [864] _Glicério_ [865] _préndere_ [866] _govérno_ [867] _succédere_ [868] _Giúlio Nepóte_ [869] _uccíso_ [870] _elevazióne_ [871] _Momíllo_ [872] _pariménte_ [873] _chiamáto_ [874] _Augústolo_ [875] _innalzáto_ [876] _Oréste_ [877] _último_ [878] _Occidénte_ [879] _Odouácro_ [880] _Turcilingáni_ [881] _Sciráni_ [882] _Éruli_ [883] _usurpáre_ [884] _uccíso_ [885] _Páolo_ [886] _bandíre_ [887] _finíre_ [888] _império_ [889] _Cristo_ FINE. Printed by T. C. Hansard, Peterborough-court, Fleet-street, London. End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Exercises upon the Different Parts of Italian Speech, with References to Ve, by F. Bottarelli *** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 50419 ***